Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a 3D Seismic Survey in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, 21353-21384 [2014-08352]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 72
April 15, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a 3D Seismic Survey in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort
Sea, Alaska; Notice
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21354
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XD210
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a 3D Seismic
Survey in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea,
Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received an
application from BP Exploration
(Alaska) Inc. (BP) for an Incidental
Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
marine mammals, by harassment,
incidental to conducting an oceanbottom sensor seismic survey in
Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska,
during the 2014 open water season.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an IHA to BP to incidentally take,
by Level B harassment only, marine
mammals during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than May 15, 2014.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the
application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take
Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910. The mailbox address for
providing email comments is
ITP.Nachman@noaa.gov. NMFS is not
responsible for email comments sent to
addresses other than the one provided
here. Comments sent via email,
including all attachments, must not
exceed a 25-megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm without change. All
Personal Identifying Information (e.g.,
name, address) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential
Business Information or otherwise
sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application
containing a list of the references used
in this document may be obtained by
writing to the address specified above,
telephoning the contact listed below
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT),
or visiting the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. Documents cited in this
notice may also be viewed, by
appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Candace Nachman, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce to allow,
upon request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
subsistence uses (where relevant), and if
the permissible methods of taking, other
means of effecting the least practicable
impact on the species or stock and its
habitat, and requirements pertaining to
the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of such takings are set forth. NMFS has
defined ‘‘negligible impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as ‘‘. . . an impact resulting
from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: ‘‘any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].’’
Summary of Request
On December 30, 2013, NMFS
received an application from BP for the
taking of marine mammals incidental to
conducting a 3D ocean-bottom sensor
(OBS) seismic survey. NMFS
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
determined that the application was
adequate and complete on February 14,
2014.
BP proposes to conduct a 3D OBS
seismic survey with a transition zone
component on state and private lands
and Federal and state waters in the
Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea
during the open-water season of 2014.
The proposed activity would occur
between July 1 and September 30;
however, airgun operations would cease
on August 25. The following specific
aspects of the proposed activity are
likely to result in the take of marine
mammals: airguns and pingers. Take, by
Level B harassment only, of 9 marine
mammal species is anticipated to result
from the specified activity.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
BP’s proposed OBS seismic survey
would utilize sensors located on the
ocean bottom or buried below ground
nearshore (surf zone) and onshore. A
total of two seismic source vessels will
be used during the proposed survey,
each carrying two airgun sub-arrays.
The discharge volume of each airgun
sub-array will not exceed 620 cubic
inches (in3). To limit the duration of the
total survey, the source vessels will be
operating in a flip-flop mode (i.e.,
alternating shots); this means that one
vessel discharges airguns when the
other vessel is recharging. The program
is proposed to be conducted during the
2014 open-water season.
The purpose of the proposed OBS
seismic survey is to obtain current,
high-resolution seismic data to image
existing reservoirs. The data will
increase BP’s understanding of the
reservoir, allowing for more effective
reservoir management. Existing datasets
of the proposed survey area include the
1985 Niakuk and 1990 Point McIntyre
vibroseis on ice surveys. Data from these
two surveys were merged for
reprocessing in 2004. A complete set of
OBS data has not previously been
acquired in the proposed survey area.
Dates and Duration
The planned start date of receiver
deployment is approximately July 1,
2014, with seismic data acquisition
beginning when open water conditions
allow. This has typically been around
July 15. Seismic survey data acquisition
may take approximately 45 days to
complete, which includes downtime for
weather and other circumstances.
Seismic data acquisition will occur on
a 24-hour per day schedule with
staggered crew changes. Receiver
retrieval and demobilization of
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
equipment and support crew will be
completed by the end of September. To
limit potential impacts to the bowhead
whale fall migration and subsistence
hunting, airgun operations will cease by
midnight on August 25. Receiver and
equipment retrieval and crew
demobilization would continue after
airgun operations end but would be
completed by September 30. Therefore,
the proposed dates for the IHA (if
issued) are July 1 through September 30,
2014.
Specified Geographic Region
The proposed seismic survey would
occur in Federal and state waters in the
Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea,
Alaska. The seismic survey project area
lies mainly within the Prudhoe Bay Unit
and also includes portions of the
Northstar, Dewline, and Duck Island
Units, as well as non-unit areas. Figures
1 and 2 in BP’s application outline the
proposed seismic acquisition areas. The
project area encompasses approximately
190 mi2, comprised of approximately
129 mi2 in water depths of 3 ft and
greater, 28 mi2 in waters less than 3 ft
deep, and 33 mi2 on land. The
approximate boundaries of the project
area are between 70°16′ N. and 70°31′ N.
and between 147°52′ W. and 148°47′ W.
and include state and federal waters, as
well as state and private lands. Activity
outside the 190 mi2 area may include
source vessels turning from one line to
the other while using mitigation guns,
vessel transits, and project support and
logistics.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Detailed Description of Activities
OBS seismic surveys are typically
used to acquire 3D seismic data in water
that is too shallow for towed streamer
operations or too deep to have grounded
ice in winter. Data acquired through this
type of survey will allow for the
generation of a 3D sub-surface image of
the reservoir area. The generation of a
3D image requires the deployment of
many parallel receiver lines spaced
close together over the area of interest.
The activities associated with the
proposed OBS seismic survey include
equipment and personnel mobilization
and demobilization, housing and
logistics, temporary support facilities,
and seismic data acquisition.
1. Equipment and Personnel
Mobilization and Demobilization
Mobilization, demobilization, and
support activities are primarily planned
to occur at West Dock, East Dock, and
Endicott. Other existing pads within the
Prudhoe Bay Unit area may be utilized
for equipment staging or support as
necessary. All vessels are expected to be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
transported to the North Slope by truck.
Any mobilization by truck does not
have the potential to take marine
mammals. It is possible that one of the
vessels will be mobilized by sea past
Barrow when ice conditions allow. The
vessels will be prepared at the seismic
contractor’s base in Deadhorse, West
Dock, or East Dock. Vessel preparation
will include assembly of navigation and
source equipment, testing receiver
deployment and retrieval systems,
loading recording and safety equipment,
and initial fueling. Once assembled, the
systems (including airguns) will be
tested within the project area.
Equipment will be retrieved as part of
the operations and during
demobilization. Receiver retrieval and
demobilization of equipment and
support crew will be completed by the
end of September.
2. Housing and Logistics
Approximately 220 people will be
involved in the operation including
seismic crew, management, mechanics,
and Protected Species Observers (PSOs).
Most of the crew will be accommodated
at BP operated camps or Deadhorse.
Some offshore crew will be housed on
vessels.
Personnel transportation between
camps, pads, and support facilities will
take place by trucks and crew transport
buses traveling on existing gravel roads.
This type of crew transfer does not have
the potential to take marine mammals.
Shallow-water craft such as Zodiac-type
vessels and ARKTOSTM (and Northstar
hovercraft if needed and available) will
be used to transport equipment and
crews to shallow water and surf-zone
areas of the survey area not accessible
by road; ARKTOSTM will not be used in
vegetated areas, including tundra.
Helicopters will be used to transport
equipment and personnel to onshore
tundra areas, and crews on foot will
deploy equipment onshore. Trucks may
also be used on the existing road system
to transfer survey equipment and crews
to the onshore portions of the survey
area accessible by road and pads.
Helicopter operations will be supported
in Deadhorse.
Up to 10,000 gallons of fuel (mostly
ultra-low sulfur diesel and small
quantities of gasoline) may be
temporarily stored on existing pads to
support survey activities. Fuel may be
transported to locations to refuel
equipment. The vehicle transporting
fuel to locations off pads (helicopter,
boat, tracked buggy, or truck) will
supply the necessary quantity of fuel at
the time of transfer. Fueling of
equipment may occur in floodplains
and near water to accommodate marine
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21355
and surf zone operations. All fueling
will occur in accordance with
applicable regulations and BP spill
prevention practices.
3. Support Facilities
West Dock, Endicott, and East Dock,
as well as other existing Prudhoe Bay
Unit infrastructure, will be utilized for
seismic staging, crew transfers,
resupply, and other support activities.
Crew transfers and resupply may also
occur at other nearby vessel accessible
locations (e.g., by beaching) if needed.
For protection from weather, vessels
may anchor near West Dock, near the
barrier islands, or other nearshore area
locations.
Receivers (i.e., nodes placed into
cache bags) to be transported by
helicopter via sling-load to the onsite
project area for on-foot deployment may
be temporarily staged on tundra
adjacent to pads. These staging areas are
not expected to exceed 200 ft by 200 ft
and will be rotated as practicable to
minimize tundra disturbance.
Helicopter support for equipment and
personnel transport is scheduled to take
place during one shift per 24-hour day.
The helicopter will be based at the
Deadhorse airport. A few staging areas
may be strategically located at existing
pads or gravel locations in the Prudhoe
Bay Unit to minimize flight time and
weather exposure.
A temporary flexi-float dock may be
located at West Dock to provide support
for vessel supply operations, personnel
transfers, and refueling. The dock size
will be a maximum of 170 × 30 ft and
will be comprised of sections that will
be fastened on location and secured
with spuds to the seafloor. If needed, a
smaller temporary dock (up to 100 × 15
ft) may be used at Endicott for
additional support during some
operations in the eastern project area.
Minimal and temporary disturbance to
marine sediments is expected when
docks are placed and removed.
4. Seismic Data Acquisition
The proposed seismic survey will use
sensors located on the ocean bottom or
buried below ground nearshore (surf
zone) and onshore and is described in
more detail below. Sensors will be
placed along north-south oriented
receiver lines, with a minimum line
spacing of 1,320 ft. The sound source
will be submerged compressed airgun
arrays towed behind source vessels.
Source lines will be oriented
perpendicular to receiver lines with
typical minimum line spacing of 550 ft.
In certain situations, such as when lines
have been modified to avoid cultural
sites, mitigate impacts to wildlife, or
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21356
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
airguns, nodes and batteries,
helicopters, tracked drills, and vessels.
Table 1 here and in BP’s application
lists the number and type of vessels and
other vehicles anticipated to be used for
the data acquisition. In the event that a
specific vehicle or vessel is not
available, a vehicle or vessel with
similar parameters will be used.
Navigation and Data Management:
Surveyors will deploy up to three
navigation positioning base stations
(survey control) onshore or on an island
and may mark receiver locations in
advance of the lay-out crews. Scouting
of the project area and collecting
bathymetry information necessary to
identify site-specific conditions, such as
water depth in near-shore areas will be
performed prior to receiver deployment.
A Differential Global Positioning System
will be used for navigation. This
navigation system connects to the
onshore base stations and remotely links
the operating systems on the vessels.
The navigation system will display
known obstructions, islands, identified
areas of sensitivity, and pre-plotted
source and receiver line positions; this
information will be updated as
necessary. The asset monitor will
update the positions of each vessel in
the survey area every few seconds
providing the crew a quick display as to
each vessel’s position. Tide gauges will
also be temporarily installed in the
operation area. Tide gauges will be used
to provide real-time water depth to
ensure operations occur in the
prescribed water depths. The tide gauge
information will be input into the
navigation system to provide real-time
assessment.
Receiver Deployment and Retrieval:
The survey area has been separated into
three different zones based upon the
different types of receivers that will be
used and the method of receiver
deployment and retrieval for that zone.
Deployment and retrieval methods have
been designed to facilitate complete
equipment retrieval at the end of the
survey. The three zones are: Offshore
zone; surf zone; and onshore zone.
Details on operations in each zone are
provided next.
The offshore zone is defined as waters
of 3 ft or deeper. Receiver boats will be
used for the deployment and retrieval of
receivers (marine nodes) that will be
placed in lines onto the ocean bottom at
about 110 ft spacing. Receivers will not
be placed east of the Endicott Main
Production Island, and will therefore
not be placed in mapped concentrations
of the Boulder Patch. Acoustic pingers
will be deployed on every second node
to determine exact positions of the
receivers. The pingers transmit at
frequencies ranging from about 19–36
kHz and have an estimated source level
of 188–193 dB re mPa at 1m.
The surf zone includes waters up to
6 ft deep along the coastline, nonvegetated tidelands, and lands within
the river delta areas that are
intermittently submerged with tidal,
precipitation, and storm surge events.
ARKTOSTM and utility type vehicles
equipped with a bit of approximately 4-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
EN15AP14.000
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
due to bathymetry or geographic
features, additional infill source and
receiver lines may be added to improve
data imaging.
Equipment and Vessels: Equipment
will include geophones/receivers,
21357
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
inch diameter will be used to either drill
or flush the receivers to approximately
6 ft. Small vessels will then attach
autonomous nodes to the receivers. The
nodes will be protected from the water
either through placement on specially
designed floats anchored to the bottom
or on support poles. Support poles will
primarily be used in water less than 18
inches deep and in tidal surge areas to
ensure that the nodes stay above surface
waters and prevent them from becoming
inundated as a result of fluctuating
water levels. Receivers that are installed
in the seabed may require warm water
flushing to facilitate removal.
The onshore zone is the vegetated
area from the coastline inland.
Autonomous node receivers with
geophones will be used in this area.
Helicopters will be the main method to
transport land crews and equipment.
Equipment will be bagged, with each
bag holding several nodes. Multiple
bags will be transported via sling load
from the staging area to the receiver
lines and temporarily cached. Bag drop
zones will be 500 to 1,000 ft apart and
will be cleared for the presence of
nesting birds prior to use. Crews on foot
will walk from bag to bag and lay out
the equipment at the surveyed location.
Vessels may also be used to transport
personnel and equipment to a staging
area on the beach, and vehicles may be
used to transport personnel and
equipment along the road system.
Zodiac-type boats may be used in large
lakes to deploy marine nodes. Boats,
nodes, and crews will be transported via
helicopter to and from the lakes.
Nodes will be located on the ground
surface, and the geophone(s) will be
inserted approximately 3 ft below
ground surface. Geophone installation
will be either by hand using a planting
pole or will be inserted into 1.5 inch
diameter holes made with a hand-held
drill. Support poles may be placed in
lake margins and marshy areas of tundra
as needed to ensure the nodes stay
above surface waters and prevent them
from becoming inundated as a result of
fluctuating water levels. If conditions
allow, geophones may be installed in
the Sagavanirktok River Delta in early
April until tundra closure using two
tracked utility vehicle and a support
vehicle. Upon completion of data
acquisition and recording operations in
a particular area, land crews will
retrieve the nodes. Activities that occur
onshore are not considered in the take
assessment analysis in this proposed
IHA.
Source Vessel Operations: A total of
two seismic source vessels will be used
during the proposed survey. The source
vessels will carry an airgun array that
consists of two sub-arrays, however, it is
possible that one of the source vessels
will tow only one sub-array. The
discharge volume of the sub-array will
not exceed 620 in3. Each sub-array
consists of eight airguns (2 × 110, 2 × 90,
2 × 70, and 2 × 40 in3) totaling 16 guns
for the two sub-arrays with a total
discharge volume of 2 × 620 in3, or 1240
in3. The 620 in3 sub-array has an
estimated source level of ∼218 decibels
referenced to 1 microPascal root mean
squared (dB re 1 mPa rms) at 1 meter
from the source. The estimated source
level of the two sub-arrays combined is
∼224 dB re 1 mPa rms. In the shallowest
areas, only one sub-array may be used
for a given source vessel. Table 2 here
and in BP’s application summarizes the
acoustic properties of the proposed
airgun array. The smallest gun in the
array (40 in3) or a separate 10 in3 airgun
will be used for mitigation purposes.
The airgun sub-arrays will be towed at
a distance of approximately 50 ft from
the source vessel’s stern at depths
ranging from approximately 3 to 6 ft,
depending on water depth and sea
conditions. The source vessels will
travel along pre-determined lines with a
speed varying from 1 to 5 knots, mainly
depending on the water depth.
To limit the duration of the total
survey, the source vessels will be
operating in flip-flop mode (i.e.,
alternating shots); this means that one
vessel discharges airguns when the
other vessel is recharging. In some
instances, only one source vessel will be
operating, while the second source
vessel will be engaged in refueling,
maintenance, or other activities that do
not require the operation of airguns. The
expected shot interval for each source
will be 10 to 12 seconds, resulting in a
shot every 5 to 6 seconds due to the flipflop mode of operation. The exact shot
intervals will depend on the compressor
capacity, which determines the time
needed for the airguns to be recharged.
Data will record autonomously on the
nodes placed offshore, in the surf zone,
and onshore and may be periodically
checked for quality control.
TABLE 2—PROPOSED AIRGUN ARRAY CONFIGURATION AND SOUND SOURCE SIGNATURES AS PREDICTED BY THE
GUNDALF AIRGUN ARRAY MODEL FOR 2 M DEPTH
Array specifics
620 in3 array
1240 in3 array
Number of guns ...................
Eight 2000 psi sleeve airguns (2 × 110, 2 × 90, 2 × 70,
and 2 × 40 in3) in one array.
Zero to peak .........................
Peak to peak ........................
RMS pressure ......................
Dominant frequencies ..........
6.96 bar-m (∼237 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............................
14.9 bar-m (∼243 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............................
0.82 bar-m (∼218 dB re μPa @1 m) ...............................
Typically less than 1 kHz ................................................
Sixteen 2000 psi sleeve airguns (4 × 110, 4 × 90, 4 ×
70, and 4 × 40 in3), equally divided over two sub-arrays of eight guns each.
13.8 bar-m (∼249 dB re 1 μPa @1 m).
29.8 bar-m (∼243 dB re 1 μPa @1 m).
1.65 bar-m (∼224 dB re 1 μPa @1 m).
Typically less than 1 kHz.
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse
assemblage of marine mammals. Table 3
lists the 12 marine mammal species
under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the
proposed project area.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA
Common name
Odontocetes:
Beluga whale
(Beaufort Sea
stock).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Scientific name
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Range
Delphinapterus leucas
.....................................
Common .....................
Mostly spring and fall
with some in summer.
Russia to Canada .......
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Abundance
39,258
21358
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES WITH CONFIRMED OR POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN THE PROPOSED SEISMIC SURVEY
AREA—Continued
Common name
Scientific name
Status
Occurrence
Seasonality
Range
Killer whale ............
Orcinus orca ...............
.....................................
Occasional/Extralimital
California to Alaska ....
552
Harbor porpoise ....
Phocoena phocoena ..
.....................................
Occasional/Extralimital
California to Alaska ....
48,215
Narwhal .................
Mysticetes:
Bowhead whale .....
Monodon monoceros ..
.....................................
.....................................
Mostly summer and
early fall.
Mostly summer and
early fall.
.....................................
.....................................
45,358
Balaena mysticetus ....
Endangered; Depleted
Common .....................
Russia to Canada .......
16,892
Gray whale ............
Eschrichtius robustus
.....................................
Somewhat common ....
Mostly spring and fall
with some in summer.
Mostly summer ...........
19,126
Minke whale ..........
Balaenoptera
acutorostrata.
Megaptera
novaeangliae.
.....................................
.....................................
.....................................
Mexico to the U.S.
Arctic Ocean.
.....................................
810–1,003
Endangered; Depleted
.....................................
.....................................
.....................................
21,063
Erigathus barbatus .....
Threatened; Depleted
Common .....................
Spring and summer ....
Bering, Chukchi, and
Beaufort Seas.
155,000
Phoca hispida .............
Threatened; Depleted
Common .....................
Year round ..................
300,000
Phoca largha ..............
.....................................
Common .....................
Summer ......................
Histriophoca fasciata ..
Species of concern .....
Occasional ..................
Summer ......................
Bering, Chukchi, and
Beaufort Seas.
Japan to U.S. Arctic
Ocean.
Russia to U.S. Arctic
Ocean.
Humpback whale
(Central North
Pacific stock).
Pinnipeds:
Bearded seal
(Beringia distinct
population segment).
Ringed seal (Arctic
stock).
Spotted seal ..........
Ribbon seal ...........
Abundance
141,479
49,000
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species
in Table 3 are so rarely sighted in the
central Alaskan Beaufort Sea that their
presence in the proposed project area,
and therefore take, is unlikely. Minke
whales are relatively common in the
Bering and southern Chukchi seas and
have recently also been sighted in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea (Aerts et al.,
2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales
are rare in the Beaufort Sea. They have
not been reported in the Beaufort Sea
during the Bowhead Whale Aerial
Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic
Marine Mammals (BWASP/ASAMM)
surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013;
Monnet and Treacy, 2005), and there
was only one observation in 2007
during vessel-based surveys in the
region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback
whales have not generally been found in
the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence
hunters have spotted humpback whales
in low numbers around Barrow, and
there have been several confirmed
sightings of humpback whales in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent
years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et al.,
2013). The first confirmed sighting of a
humpback whale in the Beaufort Sea
was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen
et al., 2009) when a cow and calf were
observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No
additional sightings have been
documented in the Beaufort Sea.
Narwhal are common in the waters of
northern Canada, west Greenland, and
in the European Arctic, but rarely occur
in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Only a handful of sightings have
occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and
Angliss, 2013). These three species are
not considered further in this proposed
IHA notice. Both the walrus and the
polar bear could occur in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea; however, these species are
managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS) and are not
considered further in this Notice of
Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of
the bowhead whale migration route. The
main migration periods occur in spring
from April to June and in fall from late
August/early September through
October to early November. During the
fall migration, several locations in the
U.S. Beaufort Sea serve as feeding
grounds for bowhead whales. Small
numbers of bowhead whales that remain
in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S.
Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding or
calving area for any other cetacean
species. Ringed seals breed and pup in
the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not
occur during the summer or early fall.
Further information on the biology and
local distribution of these species can be
found in BP’s application (see
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine
Mammal Stock Assessment Reports,
which are available online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that the types of
stressors associated with the specified
activity (e.g., seismic airgun and pinger
operation, vessel movement) have been
observed to or are thought to impact
marine mammals. This section may
include a discussion of known effects
that do not rise to the level of an MMPA
take (for example, with acoustics, we
may include a discussion of studies that
showed animals not reacting at all to
sound or exhibiting barely measurable
avoidance). The discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to
rise to the level of a take and those that
we do not consider to rise to the level
of a take. This section is intended as a
background of potential effects and does
not consider either the specific manner
in which this activity will be carried out
or the mitigation that will be
implemented or how either of those will
shape the anticipated impacts from this
specific activity. The ‘‘Estimated Take
by Incidental Harassment’’ section later
in this document will include a
quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken
by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis’’ section will include the
analysis of how this specific activity
will impact marine mammals and will
consider the content of this section, the
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, the ‘‘Mitigation’’
section, and the ‘‘Anticipated Effects on
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
Marine Mammal Habitat’’ section to
draw conclusions regarding the likely
impacts of this activity on the
reproductive success or survivorship of
individuals and from that on the
affected marine mammal populations or
stocks.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon
consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or
water, and is generally characterized by
several variables. Frequency describes
the sound’s pitch and is measured in
hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while
sound level describes the sound’s
intensity and is measured in decibels
(dB). Sound level increases or decreases
exponentially with each dB of change.
The logarithmic nature of the scale
means that each 10-dB increase is a 10fold increase in acoustic power (and a
20-dB increase is then a 100-fold
increase in power). A 10-fold increase in
acoustic power does not mean that the
sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are
compared to a reference sound pressure
(micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.
For air and water, these reference
pressures are ‘‘re: 20 mPa’’ and ‘‘re: 1
mPa,’’ respectively. Root mean square
(RMS) is the quadratic mean sound
pressure over the duration of an
impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging
the squares, and then taking the square
root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS
accounts for both positive and negative
values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be
accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part, because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units rather than by peak
pressures.
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms have been
derived using auditory evoked
potentials, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007) to
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (though
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
animals are less sensitive to sounds at
the outer edge of their functional range
and most sensitive to sounds of
frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their
functional hearing range):
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz;
• Phocid pinnipeds in Water:
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 75 Hz and 100
kHz; and
• Otariid pinnipeds in Water:
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 100 Hz and 40
kHz.
As mentioned previously in this
document, nine marine mammal species
(five cetaceans and four phocid
pinnipeds) may occur in the proposed
seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean
species likely to occur in the proposed
project area and for which take is
requested, two are classified as lowfrequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and
gray whales), two are classified as midfrequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga and
killer whales), and one is classified as
a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor
porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A
species functional hearing group is a
consideration when we analyze the
effects of exposure to sound on marine
mammals.
21359
pinnipeds have been shown to react
behaviorally to underwater sound such
as airgun pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times mammals of
all three types have shown no overt
reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and
Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs
and Terhune, 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;
Miller et al., 2005). Weir (2008)
observed marine mammal responses to
seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array
firing a total volume of either 5,085 in3
or 3,147 in3 in Angolan waters between
August 2004 and May 2005. Weir
recorded a total of 207 sightings of
humpback whales (n = 66), sperm
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted
dolphins (n = 17) and reported that
there were no significant differences in
encounter rates (sightings/hr) for
humpback and sperm whales according
to the airgun array’s operational status
(i.e., active versus silent). The airgun
arrays used in the Weir (2008) study
were much larger than the array
proposed for use during this seismic
survey (total discharge volumes of 620
to 1,240 in3). In general, pinnipeds and
small odontocetes seem to be more
tolerant of exposure to some types of
underwater sound than are baleen
whales. Richardson et al. (1995) found
that vessel noise does not seem to
strongly affect pinnipeds that are
already in the water. Richardson et al.
(1995) went on to explain that seals on
haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to
the presence of vessels and at other
times appear to show considerable
tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
interest by other sounds, often at similar
frequencies. Marine mammals use
acoustic signals for a variety of
purposes, which differ among species,
but include communication between
individuals, navigation, foraging,
1. Tolerance
reproduction, avoiding predators, and
Numerous studies have shown that
learning about their environment (Erbe
underwater sounds from industry
and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000).
activities are often readily detectable by Masking, or auditory interference,
marine mammals in the water at
generally occurs when sounds in the
distances of many kilometers.
environment are louder than, and of a
Numerous studies have also shown that similar frequency as, auditory signals an
marine mammals at distances more than animal is trying to receive. Masking is
a few kilometers away often show no
a phenomenon that affects animals that
apparent response to industry activities
are trying to receive acoustic
of various types (Miller et al., 2005; Bain information about their environment,
and Williams, 2006). This is often true
including sounds from other members
even in cases when the sounds must be
of their species, predators, prey, and
readily audible to the animals based on
sounds that allow them to orient in their
measured received levels and the
environment. Masking these acoustic
hearing sensitivity of that mammal
signals can disturb the behavior of
group. Although various baleen whales, individual animals, groups of animals,
toothed whales, and (less frequently)
or entire populations.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21360
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
Masking occurs when anthropogenic
sounds and signals (that the animal
utilizes) overlap at both spectral and
temporal scales. For the airgun sound
generated from the proposed seismic
survey, sound will consist of low
frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with
extremely short durations (less than one
second). Lower frequency man-made
sounds are more likely to affect
detection of communication calls and
other potentially important natural
sounds such as surf and prey noise.
There is little concern regarding
masking near the sound source due to
the brief duration of these pulses and
relatively longer silence between airgun
shots (approximately 5–6 seconds).
However, at long distances (over tens of
kilometers away), due to multipath
propagation and reverberation, the
durations of airgun pulses can be
‘‘stretched’’ to seconds with long decays
(Madsen et al., 2006), although the
intensity of the sound is greatly
reduced.
This could affect communication
signals used by low frequency
mysticetes when they occur near the
noise band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and cause increased
stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt
et al., 2009). Marine mammals are
thought to be able to compensate for
masking by adjusting their acoustic
behavior by shifting call frequencies,
and/or increasing call volume and
vocalization rates. For example, blue
whales are found to increase call rates
when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2010). The North Atlantic
right whales exposed to high shipping
noise increase call frequency (Parks et
al., 2007), while some humpback
whales respond to low-frequency active
sonar playbacks by increasing song
length (Miller el al., 2000). Bowhead
whale calls are frequently detected in
the presence of seismic pulses, although
the number of calls detected may
sometimes be reduced (Richardson et
al., 1986; Greene et al., 1999), possibly
because animals moved away from the
sound source or ceased calling
(Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally,
beluga whales have been known to
change their vocalizations in the
presence of high background noise
possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et
al., 1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele
et al., 2005). Although some degree of
masking is inevitable when high levels
of manmade broadband sounds are
introduced into the sea, marine
mammals have evolved systems and
behavior that function to reduce the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
impacts of masking. Structured signals,
such as the echolocation click
sequences of small toothed whales, may
be readily detected even in the presence
of strong background noise because
their frequency content and temporal
features usually differ strongly from
those of the background noise (Au and
Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of
background noise that are similar in
frequency to the sound signal in
question primarily determine the degree
of masking of that signal.
Redundancy and context can also
facilitate detection of weak signals.
These phenomena may help marine
mammals detect weak sounds in the
presence of natural or manmade noise.
Most masking studies in marine
mammals present the test signal and the
masking noise from the same direction.
The sound localization abilities of
marine mammals suggest that, if signal
and noise come from different
directions, masking would not be as
severe as the usual types of masking
studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,
1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes
from a particular anthropogenic source
such as a ship or industrial site.
Directional hearing may significantly
reduce the masking effects of these
sounds by improving the effective
signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of
higher frequency hearing by the
bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and
killer whale, empirical evidence
confirms that masking depends strongly
on the relative directions of arrival of
sound signals and the masking noise
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;
Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,
1994). Toothed whales, and probably
other marine mammals as well, have
additional capabilities besides
directional hearing that can facilitate
detection of sounds in the presence of
background noise. There is evidence
that some toothed whales can shift the
dominant frequencies of their
echolocation signals from a frequency
range with a lot of ambient noise toward
frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;
Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A
few marine mammal species are known
to increase the source levels or alter the
frequency of their calls in the presence
of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim,
1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et al., 1993,
1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004;
Parks et al., 2007, 2009; Di Iorio and
Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations
for reduced masking pertain mainly to
the very high frequency echolocation
signals of toothed whales. There is less
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
information about the existence of
corresponding mechanisms at moderate
or low frequencies or in other types of
marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva
et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular
separation between a sound source and
a masking noise source had little effect
on the degree of masking when the
sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast
to the pronounced effect at higher
frequencies. Directional hearing has
been demonstrated at frequencies as low
as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine
mammals, including killer whales
(Richardson et al., 1995). This ability
may be useful in reducing masking at
these frequencies. In summary, high
levels of sound generated by
anthropogenic activities may act to
mask the detection of weaker
biologically important sounds by some
marine mammals. This masking may be
more prominent for lower frequencies.
For higher frequencies, such as that
used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that
may allow them to reduce the effects of
such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally
react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are
often shown as: changing durations of
surfacing and dives, number of blows
per surfacing, or moving direction and/
or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain
behavioral activities (such as socializing
or feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds
flushing into water from haulouts or
rookeries).
The biological significance of many of
these behavioral disturbances is difficult
to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However,
the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Examples of significant
behavioral modifications include:
• Drastic change in diving/surfacing
patterns (such as those thought to be
causing beaked whale stranding due to
exposure to military mid-frequency
tactical sonar);
• Habitat abandonment due to loss of
desirable acoustic environment; and
• Cessation of feeding or social
interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic noise depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
noise sources and their paths) and the
receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, current
activity, reproductive state) and is also
difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004;
Southall et al., 2007; Ellison et al.,
2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally
tend to avoid operating airguns, but
avoidance radii are quite variable.
Whales are often reported to show no
overt reactions to pulses from large
arrays of airguns at distances beyond a
few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise
levels out to much greater distances
(Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen
whales exposed to strong noise pulses
often react by deviating from their
normal migration route (Richardson et
al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the
sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but
within the natural boundaries of the
migration corridors (Schick and Urban,
2000; Richardson et al., 1999; Malme et
al., 1983). Baleen whale responses to
pulsed sound however may depend on
the type of activity in which the whales
are engaged. Some evidence suggests
that feeding bowhead whales may be
more tolerant of underwater sound than
migrating bowheads (Miller et al., 2005;
Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead,
and humpback whales have determined
that received levels of pulses in the
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms range seem to
cause obvious avoidance behavior in a
substantial fraction of the animals
exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses
from large arrays of airguns diminish to
those levels at distances ranging from
2.8–9 mi (4.5–14.5 km) from the source.
For the much smaller airgun array used
during BP’s proposed survey (total
discharge volume of 640 in3), distances
to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 mPa
rms range are estimated to be 0.5–3 mi
(0.8–5 km). Baleen whales within those
distances may show avoidance or other
strong disturbance reactions to the
airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes
sometimes become evident at somewhat
lower received levels, and recent studies
have shown that some species of baleen
whales, notably bowhead and
humpback whales, at times show strong
avoidance at received levels lower than
160–170 dB re 1 mPa rms. Bowhead
whales migrating west across the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in
particular, are unusually responsive,
with avoidance occurring out to
distances of 12.4–18.6 mi (20–30 km)
from a medium-sized airgun source
(Miller et al., 1999; Richardson et al.,
1999). However, more recent research
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
on bowhead whales (Miller et al., 2005)
corroborates earlier evidence that,
during the summer feeding season,
bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic
sources. In summer, bowheads typically
begin to show avoidance reactions at a
received level of about 160–170 dB re 1
mPa rms (Richardson et al., 1986;
Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al.,
2005).
Malme et al. (1986, 1988) studied the
responses of feeding eastern gray whales
to pulses from a single 100 in3 airgun off
St. Lawrence Island in the northern
Bering Sea. They estimated, based on
small sample sizes, that 50% of feeding
gray whales ceased feeding at an average
received pressure level of 173 dB re 1
mPa on an (approximate) rms basis, and
that 10% of feeding whales interrupted
feeding at received levels of 163 dB.
Those findings were generally
consistent with the results of
experiments conducted on larger
numbers of gray whales that were
migrating along the California coast and
on observations of the distribution of
feeding Western Pacific gray whales off
Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a
seismic survey (Yazvenko et al., 2007).
Data on short-term reactions (or lack
of reactions) of cetaceans to impulsive
noises do not necessarily provide
information about long-term effects.
While it is not certain whether
impulsive noises affect reproductive
rate or distribution and habitat use in
subsequent days or years, certain
species have continued to use areas
ensonified by airguns and have
continued to increase in number despite
successive years of anthropogenic
activity in the area. Gray whales
continued to migrate annually along the
west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and
much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al.,
1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each
summer despite seismic exploration in
their summer and autumn range for
many years (Richardson et al., 1987).
Populations of both gray whales and
bowhead whales grew substantially
during this time. In any event, the
proposed survey will occur in summer
(July through late August) when most
bowhead whales are commonly feeding
in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported fewer
behavioral responses to aircraft
overflights by bowhead compared to
beluga whales. Behaviors classified as
reactions consisted of short surfacings,
immediate dives or turns, changes in
behavior state, vigorous swimming, and
breaching. Most bowhead reaction
resulted from exposure to helicopter
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21361
activity and little response to fixed-wing
aircraft was observed. Most reactions
occurred when the helicopter was at
altitudes ≤492 ft (150 m) and lateral
distances ≤820 ft (250 m; Nowacek et
al., 2007).
During their study, Patenaude et al.
(2002) observed one bowhead whale
cow-calf pair during four passes totaling
2.8 hours of the helicopter and two pairs
during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of
49–98 ft (15–30 m). The mother dove
both times she was at the surface, and
the calf dove once out of the four times
it was at the surface. For the cow-calf
pair sightings during Twin Otter
overflights, the authors did not note any
behaviors specific to those pairs. Rather,
the reactions of the cow-calf pairs were
lumped with the reactions of other
groups that did not consist of calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore
and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray
whales to aircraft. Cow-calf pairs were
quite sensitive to a turboprop survey
flown at 1,000 ft (305 m) altitude on the
Alaskan summering grounds. In that
survey, adults were seen swimming over
the calf, or the calf swam under the
adult (Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same
aircraft circled for more than 10 minutes
at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group
of mating gray whales, no reactions
were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987,
cited in Moore and Clarke, 2002).
Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson
et al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002)
conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed
the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter
(estimated altitude=328 ft [100 m]), at
an average of three simulated passes per
minute. The authors observed that
whales changed their swimming course
and sometimes slowed down in
response to the playback sound but
proceeded to migrate past the
transducer. Migrating gray whales did
not react overtly to a Bell 212 helicopter
at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude,
occasionally reacted when the
helicopter was at 1,000–1,198 ft (305–
365 m), and usually reacted when it was
below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest
Research Associates, 1988, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that
study included abrupt turns or dives or
both. Green et al. (1992, cited in
Richardson et al., 1995) observed that
migrating gray whales rarely exhibited
noticeable reactions to a straight-line
overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
m) altitude.
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21362
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are
available describing reactions of toothed
whales to noise pulses. However,
systematic work on sperm whales is
underway (Tyack et al., 2003), and there
is an increasing amount of information
about responses of various odontocetes
to seismic surveys based on monitoring
studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al.,
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005). Miller
et al. (2009) conducted at-sea
experiments where reactions of sperm
whales were monitored through the use
of controlled sound exposure
experiments from large airgun arrays
consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8
sperm whales observed, none changed
their behavior when exposed to either a
ramp-up at 4–8 mi (7–13 km) or full
array exposures at 0.6–8 mi (1–13 km).
Seismic operators and marine
mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed
whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a
tendency for most delphinids to show
some limited avoidance of seismic
vessels operating large airgun systems.
However, some dolphins seem to be
attracted to the seismic vessel and
floats, and some ride the bow wave of
the seismic vessel even when large
arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless,
there have been indications that small
toothed whales sometimes move away
or maintain a somewhat greater distance
from the vessel when a large array of
airguns is operating than when it is
silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;
Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,
2003). The beluga may be a species that
(at least in certain geographic areas)
shows long-distance avoidance of
seismic vessels. Aerial surveys during
seismic operations in the southeastern
Beaufort Sea recorded much lower
sighting rates of beluga whales within
10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi) of an active
seismic vessel. These results were
consistent with the low number of
beluga sightings reported by observers
aboard the seismic vessel, suggesting
that some belugas might have been
avoiding the seismic operations at
distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)
(Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of
more relevance in this project) beluga
whales exhibit changes in behavior
when exposed to strong pulsed sounds
similar in duration to those typically
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al.,
2002, 2005). However, the animals
tolerated high received levels of sound
(pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic
vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997–2000 have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales
exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were
found to be significantly farther from
large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no
shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was
approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or more.
Killer whales also appear to be more
tolerant of seismic shooting in deeper
water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large
arrays of airguns are variable and, at
least for delphinids, seem to be confined
to a smaller radius than has been
observed for mysticetes. However, based
on the limited existing evidence,
belugas should not be grouped with
delphinids in the ‘‘less responsive’’
category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that
beluga whales appeared to be more
responsive to aircraft overflights than
bowhead whales. Changes were
observed in diving and respiration
behavior, and some whales veered away
when a helicopter passed at ≤820 ft (250
m) lateral distance at altitudes up to 492
ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter.
Belugas appeared to show less response
to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter
overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to
show a strong avoidance reaction to the
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual
monitoring from seismic vessels has
shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
1996–2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of
Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
airguns with total volumes of 560 to
1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
that some seals avoid the immediate
area around seismic vessels. In most
survey years, ringed seal sightings
tended to be farther away from the
seismic vessel when the airguns were
operating than when they were not
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However,
these avoidance movements were
relatively small, on the order of 100 m
(328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100–200 m
(328–656 ft) of the trackline as the
operating airgun array passed by. Seal
sighting rates at the water surface were
lower during airgun array operations
than during no-airgun periods in each
survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals
are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
from seal-scaring devices (Mate and
Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994;
Richardson et al., 1995). However,
initial telemetry work suggests that
avoidance and other behavioral
reactions by two other species of seals
to small airgun sources may at times be
stronger than evident to date from visual
studies of pinniped reactions to airguns
(Thompson et al., 1998). Even if
reactions of the species occurring in the
present study area are as strong as those
evident in the telemetry study, reactions
are expected to be confined to relatively
small distances and durations, with no
long-term effects on pinniped
individuals or populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12
ringed seals during low-altitude
overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at
Northstar in June and July 2000 (9
observations took place concurrent with
pipe-driving activities). One seal
showed no reaction to the aircraft while
the remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either
by looking at the helicopter (n=10) or by
departing from their basking site (n=1).
Blackwell et al. (2004) concluded that
none of the reactions to helicopters were
strong or long lasting, and that seals
near Northstar in June and July 2000
probably had habituated to industrial
sounds and visible activities that had
occurred often during the preceding
winter and spring. There have been few
systematic studies of pinniped reactions
to aircraft overflights, and most of the
available data concern pinnipeds hauled
out on land or ice rather than pinnipeds
in the water (Richardson et al., 1995;
Born et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-induced Loss
of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to detect them)
following exposure to an intense sound
or sound for long duration, it is referred
to as a noise-induced threshold shift
(TS). An animal can experience
temporary threshold shift (TTS) or
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS
can last from minutes or hours to days
(i.e., there is complete recovery), can
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,
an animal might only have a temporary
loss of hearing sensitivity between the
frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can
be of varying amounts (for example, an
animal’s hearing sensitivity might be
reduced initially by only 6 dB or
reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,
but some recovery is possible. PTS can
also occur in a specific frequency range
and amount as mentioned above for
TTS.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
in inducing auditory TS: effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all can
affect the amount of associated TS and
the frequency range in which it occurs.
As amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the
recovery time. For intermittent sounds,
less TS could occur than compared to a
continuous exposure with the same
energy (some recovery could occur
between intermittent exposures
depending on the duty cycle between
sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,
1997). For example, one short but loud
(higher SPL) sound exposure may
induce the same impairment as one
longer but softer sound, which in turn
may cause more impairment than a
series of several intermittent softer
sounds with the same total energy
(Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS
is temporary, prolonged exposure to
sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or
shorter-term exposure to sound levels
well above the TTS threshold, can cause
PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals
(Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of
the proposed seismic survey, animals
are not expected to be exposed to sound
levels high for a long enough period to
result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS; however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
marine mammals, published data are
limited to the captive bottlenose
dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and
Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et
al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007,
2010a, 2010b; Finneran and Schlundt,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al.,
2009a, 2009b; Popov et al., 2011a,
2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt
et al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003,
2004). For pinnipeds in water, data are
limited to measurements of TTS in
harbor seals, an elephant seal, and
California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999,
2005; Kastelein et al., 2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that occurs during a
time where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds
present. Alternatively, a larger amount
and longer duration of TTS sustained
during time when communication is
critical for successful mother/calf
interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree
and frequency range, the effects of PTS
on an animal could range in severity,
although it is considered generally more
serious because it is a permanent
condition. Of note, reduced hearing
sensitivity as a simple function of aging
has been observed in marine mammals,
as well as humans and other taxa
(Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer
that strategies exist for coping with this
condition to some degree, though likely
not without cost.
Marine mammals are unlikely to be
exposed to received levels of seismic
pulses strong enough to cause more than
slight TTS, and, given the higher level
of sound necessary to cause PTS, it is
even less likely that PTS could occur as
a result of the proposed seismic survey.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might
occur in marine mammals exposed to
strong underwater sound. Possible types
of non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source
include stress, neurological effects,
bubble formation, and other types of
organ or tissue damage. Some marine
mammal species (i.e., beaked whales)
may be especially susceptible to injury
and/or stranding when exposed to
strong pulsed sounds.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21363
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses;
neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the sympathetic part of the
autonomic nervous system and the
classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,
which includes the cardiovascular
system, the gastrointestinal system, the
exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart
rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity that humans commonly
associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses
have a relatively short duration and may
or may not have significant long-term
effects on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuroendocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
reduced immune competence (Blecha,
2000), and behavioral disturbance.
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,
corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al.,
2004) have been equated with stress for
many years.
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21364
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic functions, which impair
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle, 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function. Note that these
examples involved a long-term (days or
weeks) stress response exposure to
stimuli.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
of other marine animals and terrestrial
animals would lead us to expect some
marine mammals to experience
physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that
would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
reported on reductions in human
performance when faced with acute,
repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and
Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that
accompanied damage to the inner ears
of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment
and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a
marine mammal’s ability to gather
information about its environment and
communicate with other members of its
species would induce stress, based on
data that terrestrial animals exhibit
those responses under similar
conditions (NRC, 2003) and because
marine mammals use hearing as their
primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,
we assume that acoustic exposures
sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS
would be accompanied by physiological
stress responses. More importantly,
marine mammals might experience
stress responses at received levels lower
than those necessary to trigger onset
TTS. Based on empirical studies of the
time required to recover from stress
responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also
assumes that stress responses could
persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and
direct noise-induced bubble formations
(Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in
the case of exposure to an impulsive
broadband source like an airgun array.
If seismic surveys disrupt diving
patterns of deep-diving species, this
might result in bubble formation and a
form of the bends, as speculated to
occur in beaked whales exposed to
sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to
airgun pulses. Additionally, no beaked
whale species occur in the proposed
project area.
In general, very little is known about
the potential for strong, anthropogenic
underwater sounds to cause nonauditory physical effects in marine
mammals. Such effects, if they occur at
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
all, would presumably be limited to
short distances and to activities that
extend over a prolonged period. The
available data do not allow
identification of a specific exposure
level above which non-auditory effects
can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)
or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of
marine mammals that might be affected
in those ways. There is no definitive
evidence that any of these effects occur
even for marine mammals in close
proximity to large arrays of airguns,
which are not proposed for use during
this program. In addition, marine
mammals that show behavioral
avoidance of industry activities,
including bowheads, belugas, and some
pinnipeds, are especially unlikely to
incur non-auditory impairment or other
physical effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater
detonations of high explosive can be
killed or severely injured, and the
auditory organs are especially
susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993;
Ketten, 1995). Airgun pulses are less
energetic and their peak amplitudes
have slower rise times. To date, there is
no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can
occur from exposure to airgun pulses,
even in the case of large airgun arrays.
Additionally, BP’s project will use
medium sized airgun arrays in shallow
water. NMFS does not expect any
marine mammals will incur serious
injury or mortality in the shallow waters
of Prudhoe Bay or strand as a result of
the proposed seismic survey.
7. Potential Effects From Pingers on
Marine Mammals
Active acoustic sources other than the
airguns have been proposed for BP’s
2014 seismic survey in Prudhoe Bay,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska. The specifications
for the pingers (source levels and
frequency ranges) were provided earlier
in this document. In general, the
potential effects of this equipment on
marine mammals are similar to those
from the airguns, except the magnitude
of the impacts is expected to be much
less due to the lower intensity of the
source.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated
with vessel activity will temporarily
increase in the action area during BP’s
seismic survey as a result of the
operation of 8–10 vessels. To minimize
the effects of vessels and noise
associated with vessel activity, BP will
alter speed if a marine mammal gets too
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
close to a vessel. In addition, source
vessels will be operating at slow speed
(1–5 knots) when conducting surveys.
Marine mammal monitoring observers
will alert vessel captains as animals are
detected to ensure safe and effective
measures are applied to avoid coming
into direct contact with marine
mammals. Therefore, NMFS neither
anticipates nor authorizes takes of
marine mammals from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported
several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay,
Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between
118 to 124 dB in three cases for which
response and received levels were
observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed
line transect census data in which the
orientation and distance off transect line
were reported for large numbers of
minke whales. The authors developed a
method to account for effects of animal
movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion
speed, direction, and/or diving profile
were reported at ranges from 1,847 to
2,352 ft (563 to 717 m) at received levels
of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales,
killer whales, and harbor porpoises,
often show tolerance to vessel activity;
however, they may react at long
distances if they are confined by ice,
shallow water, or were previously
harassed by vessels (Richardson et al.,
1995). Beluga whale response to vessel
noise varies greatly from tolerance to
extreme sensitivity depending on the
activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et
al., 1995). Reactions to vessels depends
on whale activities and experience,
habitat, boat type, and boat behavior
(Richardson et al., 1995) and may
include behavioral responses, such as
altered headings or avoidance (Blane
and Jaakson, 1994; Erbe and Farmer,
2000); fast swimming; changes in
vocalizations (Lesage et al., 1999;
Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in
dive, surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on
pinniped responses to vessel activity,
and most of the information is anecdotal
(Richardson et al., 1995). Generally, sea
lions in water show tolerance to close
and frequently approaching vessels and
sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when
hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches
within 100–200 m (330–660 ft; reviewed
in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of 8–10 vessels and
noise due to vessel operations
associated with the seismic survey is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
not expected to have effects that could
cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The primary potential impacts to
marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with
elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic
sources. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from
physical disturbance are also possible.
This section describes the potential
impacts to marine mammal habitat from
the specified activity. Because the
marine mammals in the area feed on
fish and/or invertebrates there is also
information on the species typically
preyed upon by the marine mammals in
the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the
Project Area
All of the marine mammal species
that may occur in the proposed project
area prey on either marine fish or
invertebrates. The ringed seal feeds on
fish and a variety of benthic species,
including crabs and shrimp. Bearded
seals feed mainly on benthic organisms,
primarily crabs, shrimp, and clams.
Spotted seals feed on pelagic and
demersal fish, as well as shrimp and
cephalopods. They are known to feed on
a variety of fish including herring,
capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod, saffron
cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed
primarily on pelagic fish and
invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs,
squid, octopus, cod, sculpin, pollack,
and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on
krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern
Beaufort Sea during summer and early
autumn but continue feeding to varying
degrees while on their migration
through the central and western
Beaufort Sea in the late summer and fall
(Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
When feeding in relatively shallow
areas, bowheads feed throughout the
water column. However, feeding is
concentrated at depths where
zooplankton is concentrated (Wursig et
al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and
Sheffield (2002) found that copepods
and euphausiids were the most common
prey found in stomach samples from
bowhead whales harvested in the
Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas
to the east of Barter Island (which is
approximately 120 mi east of BP’s
proposed seismic area) appear to be
used regularly for feeding as bowhead
whales migrate slowly westward across
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21365
the Beaufort Sea (Thomson and
Richardson, 1987; Richardson and
Thomson [eds.], 2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted
bowhead whales feeding in several areas
of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow
area is commonly used as a feeding area
during spring and fall, with a higher
proportion of photographed individuals
displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A
bowhead whale feeding ‘‘hotspot’’
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms
on the western Beaufort Sea shelf off
Point Barrow in late summer and fall.
Favorable conditions concentrate
euphausiids and copepods, and
bowhead whales congregate to exploit
the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010,
Moore et al., 2010; Okkonen et al.,
2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead
whales feeding in the Camden Bay area
during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006–2008 BWASP Final Report
(Clarke et al., 2011a) and the 2009
BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al.,
2011b) note sightings of feeding
bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea
during the fall season. During that 4
year period, the largest groups of
feeding whales were sighted between
Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds
of miles to the west of Prudhoe Bay),
and none were sighted feeding in
Camden Bay (Clarke et al., 2011a,b).
Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
examined the raw BWASP data from the
years 2000–2009. They noted that
feeding behavior was noted more often
in September than October and that
while bowheads were observed feeding
throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea),
sightings were less frequent in the
central Alaskan Beaufort than they were
east of Kaktovik and west of Smith Bay.
Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) and Clarke et al. (2011b) refer
to information from Ashjian et al.
(2010), which describes the importance
of wind-driven currents that produce
favorable feeding conditions for
bowhead whales in the area between
Smith Bay and Point Barrow. Increased
winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn
may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the
area. Clarke and Ferguson (undated)
also note that the incidence of feeding
bowheads in the eastern Alaskan
Beaufort Sea has decreased since the
early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of
fish, shrimp, squid and octopus (Burns
and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga
whales occur nearshore; their main
migration route is much further
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21366
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
offshore. Like several of the other
species in the area, harbor porpoise feed
on demersal and benthic species,
mainly schooling fish and cephalopods.
Depending on the type of killer whale
(transient or resident), they feed on fish
and/or marine mammals. However,
harbor porpoises and killer whales are
not commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom
feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their
summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver
et al., 1983; Oliver and Slattery, 1985).
Farther south, gray whales have also
been observed feeding around kelp
beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans,
and on pelagic prey such as small
schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler
and Darling, 1974). However, the central
Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine
waters in the study area: (1) True marine
fish that spend all of their lives in salt
water, and (2) anadromous species that
reproduce in fresh water and spend
parts of their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are
small, benthic forms that do not feed
high in the water column. The majority
of these species are circumpolar and are
found in habitats ranging from deep
offshore water to water as shallow as
16.4–33 ft (5–10 m; Fechhelm et al.,
1995). The most important pelagic
species, and the only abundant pelagic
species, is the Arctic cod. The Arctic
cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic
levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986). In
summer, Arctic cod can form very large
schools in both nearshore and offshore
waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et
al., 1986). Locations and areas
frequented by large schools of Arctic
cod cannot be predicted but can be
almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a
major food source for beluga whales,
ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984;
Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and
some species of whitefish winter in
rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in
spring and summer, and return to fresh
water in autumn. Anadromous fish form
the basis of subsistence, commercial,
and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May
through mid-June (Johnson, 1980) and
spend about 1.5–2.5 months there
(Craig, 1989). They return to rivers
beginning in late July or early August
with the peak return migration
occurring between mid-August and
early September (Johnson, 1980). At sea,
most anadromous corregonids
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(whitefish) remain in nearshore waters
within several kilometers of shore
(Craig, 1984, 1989). They are often
termed ‘‘amphidromous’’ fish in that
they make repeated annual migrations
into marine waters to feed, returning
each fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as
bottom dwelling creatures. Infaunal
organisms are benthic organisms that
live within the substrate and are often
sedentary or sessile (bivalves,
polychaetes). Epibenthic organisms live
on or near the bottom surface sediments
and are mobile (amphipods, isopods,
mysids, and some polychaetes).
Epifauna, which live attached to hard
substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea
because hard substrates are scarce there.
A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson
Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine
invertebrates of the Arctic are
circumpolar and are found over a wide
range of water depths (Carey et al.,
1975). Species identified include
polychaetes (Spio filicornis, Chaetozone
setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves
(Cryrtodaria kurriana, Nucula tenuis,
Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria
entomon), and amphipods (Pontoporeia
femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been
studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons and
near the mouth of the Colville River
(Kinney et al., 1971, 1972; Crane and
Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson
Lagoon, Harrison Bay, and the nearshore
region support a number of infaunal
species including crustaceans, mollusks,
and polychaetes. In areas influenced by
river discharge, seasonal changes in
salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic
organisms. Large fluctuations in salinity
and temperature that occur over a very
short time period, or on a seasonal basis,
allow only very adaptable, opportunistic
species to survive (Alexander et al.,
1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and
abundance of most species depends on
annual (or more frequent) recolonization
from deeper offshore waters (Woodward
Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice
scouring, particularly in water depths of
less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal
communities tend to be patchily
distributed. Diversity increases with
water depth until the shear zone is
reached at 49–82 ft (15–25 m; Carey,
1978). Biodiversity then declines due to
ice gouging between the landfast ice and
the polar pack ice (Woodward Clyde
Consultants, 1995).
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Potential Impacts From Sound
Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source
for odontocetes and seals, fish are
known to hear and react to sounds and
to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
et al., 1981) and possibly avoid
predators (Wilson and Dill, 2002).
Experiments have shown that fish can
sense both the strength and direction of
sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a
sound signal, and potentially react to it,
are the frequency of the signal and the
strength of the signal in relation to the
natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are
associated with behaviors that include
territoriality, mate search, courtship,
and aggression. It has also been
speculated that sound production may
provide the means for long distance
communication and communication
under poor underwater visibility
conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although
the fact that fish communicate at lowfrequency sound levels where the
masking effects of ambient noise are
naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely
be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and
acoustic signals of various temporal and
spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in
structure, depending on the mechanism
used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are
predominantly composed of low
frequencies (less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter
sound, fish are able to detect these
objects through monitoring the ambient
noise. Therefore, fish are probably able
to detect prey, predators, conspecifics,
and physical features by listening to
environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981).
There are two sensory systems that
enable fish to monitor the vibrationbased information of their surroundings.
The two sensory systems, the inner ear
and the lateral line, constitute the
acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of
very few fish species have been studied
to date, it is becoming obvious that the
intra- and inter-specific variability is
considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell
et al. (2004) compiled and published
available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological
recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly
used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most
fish have their best hearing in the lowfrequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz).
Even though some fish are able to detect
sounds in the ultrasonic frequency
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
range, the thresholds at these higher
frequencies tend to be considerably
higher than those at the lower end of the
auditory frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of
sound on marine fish species can be
divided into the following categories: (1)
Pathological effects; (2) physiological
effects; and (3) behavioral effects.
Pathological effects include lethal and
sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary
and secondary stress responses; and
behavioral effects include changes in
exhibited behaviors of fish. Behavioral
changes might be a direct reaction to a
detected sound or a result of the
anthropogenic sound masking natural
sounds that the fish normally detect and
to which they respond. The three types
of effects are often interrelated in
complex ways. For example, some
physiological and behavioral effects
could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings
and Popper (2005) reviewed what is
known about the effects of sound on
fishes and identified studies needed to
address areas of uncertainty relative to
measurement of sound and the
responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/
2004) also published a paper that
reviews the effects of anthropogenic
sound on the behavior and physiology
of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound
on marine fish include TTS, physical
damage to the ear region, physiological
stress responses, and behavioral
responses such as startle response,
alarm response, avoidance, and perhaps
lack of response due to masking of
acoustic cues. Most of these effects
appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do
not significantly impact the fish at a
population level. The studies that
resulted in physical damage to the fish
ears used noise exposure levels and
durations that were far more extreme
than would be encountered under
conditions similar to those expected
during BP’s proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish
will react or alter its behavior is usually
well above the detection level. Fish
have been found to react to sounds
when the sound level increased to about
20 dB above the detection level of 120
dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response
threshold can depend on the time of
year and the fish’s physiological
condition (Engas et al., 1993). In
general, fish react more strongly to
pulses of sound rather than a
continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981),
such as the type of sound that will be
produced by the drillship, and a quicker
alarm response is elicited when the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
sound signal intensity rises rapidly
compared to sound rising more slowly
to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in
relation to vessel noise (Olsen et al.,
1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990)
have shown that fish react when the
sound from the engines and propeller
exceeds a certain level. Avoidance
reactions have been observed in fish
such as cod and herring when vessels
approached close enough that received
sound levels are 110 dB to 130 dB
(Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and
Godo, 1990; Ona and Toresen, 1988).
However, other researchers have found
that fish such as polar cod, herring, and
capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim
toward the vessel (Rostad et al., 2006).
Typical sound source levels of vessel
noise in the audible range for fish are
150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al.,
1995a). In calm weather, ambient noise
levels in audible parts of the spectrum
lie between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior.
Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the
reactions of whiting (hake) in the field
to an airgun. When the airgun was fired,
the fish dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55
m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound
levels were higher than 178 dB re 1 mPa
(Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a
controlled experiment to determine
effects of strong noise pulses on several
species of rockfish off the California
coast. They used an airgun with a
source level of 223 dB re 1 mPa. They
noted:
• Startle responses at received levels
of 200–205 dB re 1 mPa and above for
two sensitive species, but not for two
other species exposed to levels up to
207 dB;
• Alarm responses at 177–180 dB for
the two sensitive species, and at 186 to
199 dB for other species;
• An overall threshold for the above
behavioral response at about 180 dB;
• An extrapolated threshold of about
161 dB for subtle changes in the
behavior of rockfish; and
• A return to pre-exposure behaviors
within the 20–60 minute exposure
period.
In summary, fish often react to
sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency.
Sound pulses at received levels of 160
dB re 1 mPa may cause subtle changes
in behavior. Pulses at levels of 180 dB
may cause noticeable changes in
behavior (Chapman and Hawkins, 1969;
Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992). It also appears that fish often
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21367
habituate to repeated strong sounds
rather rapidly, on time scales of minutes
to an hour. However, the habituation
does not endure, and resumption of the
strong sound source may again elicit
disturbance responses from the same
fish.
Some of the fish species found in the
Arctic are prey sources for odontocetes
and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to
sounds produced by BP’s proposed
survey would only be relevant to marine
mammals if it caused concentrations of
fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes
of sufficient magnitude to cause that
type of reaction would probably occur
only very close to the sound source, if
any would occur at all. Impacts on fish
behavior are predicted to be
inconsequential. Thus, feeding
odontocetes and pinnipeds would not
be adversely affected by this minimal
loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey
abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead
whales, feed on concentrations of
zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead
whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but
feeding bowheads are more likely to
occur in the area after the cessation of
airgun operations. Reactions of
zooplankton to sound are, for the most
part, not known. Their ability to move
significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton.
Behavior of zooplankters is not expected
to be affected by the survey. These
animals have exoskeletons and no air
bladders. Many crustaceans can make
sounds, and some crustacea and other
invertebrates have some type of sound
receptor. A reaction by zooplankton to
sounds produced by the seismic survey
would only be relevant to whales if it
caused concentrations of zooplankton to
scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient
magnitude to cause that type of reaction
would probably occur only very close to
the sound source, if any would occur at
all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior
are predicted to be inconsequential.
Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss
or scattering, if any, of reduced
zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion,
the proposed activity is not expected to
have any habitat-related effects that
could cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21368
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses
(where relevant). Later in this document
in the ‘‘Proposed Incidental Harassment
Authorization’’ section, NMFS lays out
the proposed conditions for review, as
they would appear in the final IHA (if
issued).
Mitigation Measures Proposed by BP
For the proposed mitigation measures,
BP proposed general mitigation
measures that apply to all vessels
involved in the survey and specific
mitigation measures that apply to the
source vessels operating airguns. The
proposed protocols are discussed next
and can also be found in Section 11 of
BP’s application (see ADDRESSES).
1. General Mitigation Measures
These general mitigation measures are
proposed to apply to all vessels that are
part of the Prudhoe Bay seismic survey,
including crew transfer vessels. The two
source vessels would also operate under
an additional set of specific mitigation
measures during airgun operations
(described a bit later in this document).
The general mitigation measures
include: (1) adjusting speed to avoid
collisions with whales and during
periods of low visibility; (2) checking
the waters immediately adjacent to
vessels with propellers to ensure that no
marine mammals will be injured; (3)
avoiding concentrations of groups of
whales and not operating vessels in a
way that separates members of a group;
(4) reducing vessel speeds to less than
10 knots in the presence of feeding
whales; (5) reducing speed and steering
around groups of whales if
circumstances allow (but never cutting
off a whale’s travel path) and avoiding
multiple changes in direction and speed
when within 900 ft of whales; (6)
maintaining an altitude of at least 1,000
ft when flying helicopters, except in
emergency situations or during take-offs
and landings; and (7) not hovering or
circling with helicopters above or
within 0.3 mi of groups of whales.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
2. Seismic Airgun Mitigation Measures
BP proposes to establish and monitor
Level A harassment exclusion zones for
all marine mammal species. These
zones will be monitored by PSOs (more
detail later). Should marine mammals
enter these exclusion zones, the PSOs
will call for and implement the suite of
mitigation measures described next.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Ramp-up Procedure: Ramp-up
procedures of an airgun array involve a
step-wise increase in the number of
operating airguns until the required
discharge volume is achieved. The
purpose of a ramp-up (sometimes
referred to as ‘‘soft-start’’) is to provide
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
activity the opportunity to leave the area
and to avoid the potential for injury or
impairment of their hearing abilities.
During ramp-up, BP proposes to
implement the common procedure of
doubling the number of operating
airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting
with the smallest gun in the array. For
the 620 in3 sub-array this is estimated to
take approximately 15 minutes and for
the 1,240 in3 airgun array approximately
20 minutes. During ramp-up, the
exclusion zone for the full airgun array
will be observed. The ramp-up
procedures will be applied as follows:
1. A ramp-up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
2. Ramp-up procedures from a cold
start will be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute period prior
to the ramp-up. The delay will last until
the marine mammal(s) has been
observed to leave the exclusion zone or
until the animal(s) is not sighted for at
least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes
(cetaceans).
3. A ramp-up, following a shutdown,
can be applied if the marine mammal(s)
for which the shutdown occurred has
been observed to leave the exclusion
zone or until the animal(s) has not been
sighted for at least 15 minutes (seals) or
30 minutes (cetaceans). This assumes
there was a continuous observation
effort prior to the shutdown and the
entire exclusion zone is visible.
4. If, for any reason, power to the
airgun array has been discontinued for
a period of 10 minutes or more, rampup procedures need to be implemented.
Only if the PSO watch has been
suspended, a 30-minute clearance of the
exclusion zone is required prior to
commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation
of airgun activity for less than 10
minutes does not require a ramp-up.
5. The seismic operator and PSOs will
maintain records of the times when
ramp-ups start and when the airgun
arrays reach full power.
Power Down Procedure: A power
down is the immediate reduction in the
number of operating airguns such that
the radii of the 190 dB and 180 dB (rms)
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
zones are decreased to the extent that an
observed marine mammal is not in the
applicable exclusion zone of the full
array. During a power down, one airgun
(or some other number of airguns less
than the full airgun array) continues
firing. The continued operation of one
airgun is intended to (a) alert marine
mammals to the presence of airgun
activity, and (b) retain the option of
initiating a ramp up to full operations
under poor visibility conditions.
1. The array will be immediately
powered down whenever a marine
mammal is sighted approaching close to
or within the applicable exclusion zone
of the full array, but is outside the
applicable exclusion zone of the single
mitigation airgun;
2. Likewise, if a mammal is already
within the exclusion zone when first
detected, the airguns will be powered
down immediately;
3. If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, it too will be shut down; and
4. Following a power down, ramp-up
to the full airgun array will not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the applicable exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion zone if it has been
visually observed leaving the exclusion
zone of the full array, or has not been
seen within the zone for 15 minutes
(seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
Shut-down Procedures: The operating
airgun(s) will be shut down completely
if a marine mammal approaches or
enters the 190 or 180 dB (rms) exclusion
radius of the smallest airgun. Airgun
activity will not resume until the marine
mammal has cleared the applicable
exclusion radius of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion radius as
described above under ramp-up
procedures.
Poor Visibility Conditions: BP plans to
conduct 24-hr operations. PSOs will not
be on duty during ongoing seismic
operations during darkness, given the
very limited effectiveness of visual
observation at night (there will be no
periods of darkness in the survey area
until mid-August). The proposed
provisions associated with operations at
night or in periods of poor visibility
include the following:
• If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness (which may be
encountered starting in late August), the
full 180 dB exclusion zone is not
visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shutdown; and
• If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
BP is aware that available techniques
to effectively detect marine mammals
during limited visibility conditions
(darkness, fog, snow, and rain) are in
need of development and has in recent
years supported research and field trials
intended to improve methods of
detecting marine mammals under these
conditions. BP intends to continue
research and field trials to improve
methods of detecting marine mammals
during periods of low visibility.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Additional Mitigation Measures
Proposed by NMFS
The mitigation airgun will be
operated at approximately one shot per
minute and will not be operated for
longer than three hours in duration
during daylight hours and good
visibility. In cases when the next startup after the turn is expected to be
during lowlight or low visibility, use of
the mitigation airgun may be initiated
30 minutes before darkness or low
visibility conditions occur and may be
operated until the start of the next
seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at
approximately one shot per minute.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated BP’s
proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in
the context of ensuring that NMFS
prescribes the means of effecting the
least practicable impact on the affected
marine mammal species and stocks and
their habitat. Our evaluation of potential
measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one
another:
• The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measures are
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed
by NMFS should be able to accomplish,
have a reasonable likelihood of
accomplishing (based on current
science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1. Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may
contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of seismic airguns, or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
3. A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
seismic airguns or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of seismic
airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to 1, above, or
to reducing the severity of harassment
takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of
adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the
food base, activities that block or limit
passage to or from biologically
important areas, permanent destruction
of habitat, or temporary destruction/
disturbance of habitat during a
biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on marine mammals
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance. Proposed measures to
ensure availability of such species or
stock for taking for certain subsistence
uses are discussed later in this
document (see ‘‘Impact on Availability
of Affected Species or Stock for Taking
for Subsistence Uses’’ section).
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21369
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that will result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the proposed
action area. BP submitted information
regarding marine mammal monitoring to
be conducted during seismic operations
as part of the IHA application. That
information can be found in Sections 11
and 13 of the application. The
monitoring measures may be modified
or supplemented based on comments or
new information received from the
public during the public comment
period.
Monitoring measures proposed by the
applicant or prescribed by NMFS
should accomplish one or more of the
following top-level goals:
1. An increase in our understanding
of the likely occurrence of marine
mammal species in the vicinity of the
action, i.e., presence, abundance,
distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding
of the nature, scope, or context of the
likely exposure of marine mammal
species to any of the potential stressor(s)
associated with the action (e.g. sound or
visual stimuli), through better
understanding of one or more of the
following: the action itself and its
environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and
ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern);
the likely co-occurrence of marine
mammal species with the action (in
whole or part) associated with specific
adverse effects; and/or the likely
biological or behavioral context of
exposure to the stressor for the marine
mammal (e.g. age class of exposed
animals or known pupping, calving or
feeding areas).
3. An increase in our understanding
of how individual marine mammals
respond (behaviorally or
physiologically) to the specific stressors
associated with the action (in specific
contexts, where possible, e.g., at what
distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding
of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or
anticipated combinations of stressors,
may impact either: the long-term fitness
and survival of an individual; or the
population, species, or stock (e.g.
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival).
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21370
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
5. An increase in our understanding
of how the activity affects marine
mammal habitat, such as through effects
on prey sources or acoustic habitat (e.g.,
through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources
to rising ambient noise levels and
assessment of the potential chronic
effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the
impacts of the activity on marine
mammals in combination with the
impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in
the region.
7. An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of mitigation and
monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals (through
improved technology or methodology),
both specifically within the safety zone
(thus allowing for more effective
implementation of the mitigation) and
in general, to better achieve the above
goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
1. Visual Monitoring
Two observers referred to as PSOs
will be present on each seismic source
vessel. Of these two PSOs, one will be
on watch at all times to monitor the 190
and 180 dB exclusion zones for the
presence of marine mammals during
airgun operations. The main objectives
of the vessel-based marine mammal
monitoring are as follows: (1) To
implement mitigation measures during
seismic operations (e.g. course
alteration, airgun power down, shutdown and ramp-up); and (2) To record
all marine mammal data needed to
estimate the number of marine
mammals potentially affected, which
must be reported to NMFS within 90
days after the survey.
BP intends to work with experienced
PSOs. At least one Alaska Native
resident, who is knowledgeable about
Arctic marine mammals and the
subsistence hunt, is expected to be
included as one of the team members
aboard the vessels. Before the start of
the seismic survey, the crew of the
seismic source vessels will be briefed on
the function of the PSOs, their
monitoring protocol, and mitigation
measures to be implemented.
On all source vessels, at least one
observer will monitor for marine
mammals at any time during daylight
hours (there will be no periods of total
darkness until mid-August). PSOs will
be on duty in shifts of a maximum of 4
hours at a time, although the exact shift
schedule will be established by the lead
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PSO in consultation with the other
PSOs.
The source vessels will offer suitable
platforms for marine mammal
observations. Observations will be made
from locations where PSOs have the
best view around the vessel. During
daytime, the PSO(s) will scan the area
around the vessel systematically with
reticle binoculars and with the naked
eye. Because the main purpose of the
PSO on board the vessel is detecting
marine mammals for the
implementation of mitigation measures
according to specific guidelines, BP
prefers to keep the information to be
recorded as concise as possible,
allowing the PSO to focus on detecting
marine mammals. The following
information will be collected by the
PSOs:
• Environmental conditions—
consisting of sea state (in Beaufort Wind
force scale according to NOAA),
visibility (in km, with 10 km indicating
the horizon on a clear day), and sun
glare (position and severity). These will
be recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in
one or more of the environmental
variables, and whenever the observer
changes shifts;
• Project activity—consisting of
airgun operations (on or off), number of
active guns, line number. This will be
recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in
project activity, and whenever the
observer changes shifts; and
• Sighting information—consisting of
the species (if determinable), group size,
position and heading relative to the
vessel, behavior, movement, and
distance relative to the vessel (initial
and closest approach). These will be
recorded upon sighting a marine
mammal or group of animals.
When marine mammals in the water
are detected within or about to enter the
designated exclusion zones, the
airgun(s) power down or shut-down
procedures will be implemented
immediately. To assure prompt
implementation of power downs and
shut-downs, multiple channels of
communication between the PSOs and
the airgun technicians will be
established. During the power down and
shut-down, the PSO(s) will continue to
maintain watch to determine when the
animal(s) are outside the exclusion
radius. Airgun operations can be
resumed with a ramp-up procedure
(depending on the extent of the power
down) if the observers have visually
confirmed that the animal(s) moved
outside the exclusion zone, or if the
animal(s) were not observed within the
exclusion zone for 15 minutes (seals) or
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
for 30 minutes (cetaceans). Direct
communication with the airgun operator
will be maintained throughout these
procedures.
All marine mammal observations and
any airgun power down, shut-down,
and ramp-up will be recorded in a
standardized format. Data will be
entered into or transferred to a custom
database. The accuracy of the data entry
will be verified daily through QA/QC
procedures. Recording procedures will
allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer
of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Monitoring
BP proposes to conduct research on
fish species in relation to airgun
operations, including prey species
important to ice seals, during the
proposed seismic survey. The North
Prudhoe Bay OBS seismic survey offers
a unique opportunity to assess the
impacts of airgun sounds on fish,
specifically on changes in fish
abundance in fyke nets that have been
sampled in the area for more than 30
years. The monitoring study would
occur over a 2-month period during the
open-water season. During this time,
fish are counted and sized every day,
unless sampling is prevented by
weather, the presence of bears, or other
events. Fish mortality is also noted.
The fish-sampling period coincides
with the North Prudhoe seismic survey,
resulting in a situation where each of
the four fyke nets will be exposed to
varying daily exposures to airgun
sounds. That is, as source vessels move
back and forth across the project area,
fish caught in nets will be exposed to
different sounds levels at different nets
each day. To document relationships
between fish catch in each fyke net and
received sound levels, BP will attempt
to instrument each fyke net location
with a recording hydrophone. Recording
hydrophones, to the extent possible,
will have a dynamic range that extends
low enough to record near ambient
sounds and high enough to capture
sound levels during relatively close
approaches by the airgun array (i.e.,
likely levels as high as about 200 dB re
1 uPa). Bandwidth will extend from
about 10 Hz to at least 500 Hz. In
addition, because some fish (especially
salmonids) are likely to be sensitive to
particle velocity instead of or in
addition to sound pressure level, BP
will attempt to instrument each fyke net
location with a recording particle
velocity meter. Acoustic and
environmental data will be used in
statistical models to assess relationships
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
between acoustic and fish variables.
Additional information on the details of
the fish monitoring study can be found
in Section 13.1 of BP’s application (see
ADDRESSES).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring
plans be independently peer reviewed
‘‘where the proposed activity may affect
the availability of a species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses’’ (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
requirement, NMFS’ implementing
regulations state, ‘‘Upon receipt of a
complete monitoring plan, and at its
discretion, [NMFS] will either submit
the plan to members of a peer review
panel for review or within 60 days of
receipt of the proposed monitoring plan,
schedule a workshop to review the
plan’’ (50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS convened an independent peer
review panel, comprised of experts in
the fields of marine mammal ecology
and underwater acoustics, to review
BP’s Prudhoe Bay OBS Seismic Survey
Monitoring Plan. The panel met on
January 8–9, 2013, and provided their
final report to NMFS on February 25,
2013. The full panel report can be
viewed on the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/permits/
openwater/bp_panel2013.pdf.
NMFS provided the panel with BP’s
monitoring plan and asked the panel to
answer the following questions
regarding the plan:
1. Will the applicant’s stated
objectives effectively further the
understanding of the impacts of their
activities on marine mammals and
otherwise accomplish the goals stated
above? If not, how should the objectives
be modified to better accomplish the
goals above?
2. Can the applicant achieve the
stated objectives based on the methods
described in the plan?
3. Are there technical modifications to
the proposed monitoring techniques and
methodologies proposed by the
applicant that should be considered to
better accomplish their stated
objectives?
4. Are there techniques not proposed
by the applicant (i.e., additional
monitoring techniques or
methodologies) that should be
considered for inclusion in the
applicant’s monitoring program to better
accomplish their stated objectives?
5. What is the best way for an
applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics,
etc.) in the required reports that are to
be submitted to NMFS (i.e., 90-day
report and comprehensive report)?
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
NMFS shared the panel’s report with
BP in March 2013. BP originally
submitted this IHA application with a
monitoring plan to conduct this
program during the 2013 open-water
season; however, after undergoing peer
review of the monitoring plan in early
2013, BP subsequently cancelled the
2013 operation. The proposed 2014
program is the same as that reviewed by
the panel in 2013. BP reviewed the 2013
panel recommendation report and
incorporated several of the panel’s
recommendations into the monitoring
plan contained in the 2014 application.
NMFS reviewed the panel’s report and
agrees with the recommendations
included in BP’s 2014 monitoring plan.
A summary of the measures that were
included is provided next.
Based on the panel report, NMFS
recommends and BP proposes to follow
a pre-determined regime for scanning of
the area by PSOs that is based on the
relative importance of detecting marine
mammals in the near- and far fields.
PSOs should simply record the primary
behavioral state (i.e., traveling,
socializing, feeding, resting,
approaching or moving away from
vessels) and relative location of the
observed marine mammals and not try
to precisely determine the behavior or
the context.
Other recommendations made by
panel members that NMFS supports and
propose BP include in the monitoring
plan include: (1) recording observations
of pinnipeds on land and not just in the
water; (2) developing a means by which
PSOs record data with as little impact
on observation time as possible; (3)
continuing PSO observation watches
when there is an extended period when
no airguns on any of the source vessels
are operating to collect additional
observation data during periods of nonseismic; and (4) accounting for factors
such as water depth when estimating
the actual level of takes because of the
difficulties in monitoring during
darkness or inclement weather.
Moreover, the panel recommended and
NMFS agrees that BP should be very
clear in the 90-day technical report
about what periods are considered
‘‘seismic’’ and ‘‘non-seismic’’ for their
analyses.
As recommended by the panel, NMFS
encourages BP to examine data from
ASAMM and other such programs to
assess possible impacts from their
seismic surveys. As noted earlier in this
document, BP has proposed a fish and
airgun sound monitoring study, which
has been well received by past panel
members. This study will also allow BP
to collect sound signature data on
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21371
equipment used during this proposed
survey.
The panel also recommended that BP
work to understand the cumulative
nature of the activity and sound
footprint. As described in Section 14 of
the IHA application, BP remains
committed to working with a wide range
of experts to improve understanding of
the cumulative effects of multiple sound
sources and has sponsored an expert
working group on the issue.
Reporting Measures
1. 90-Day Technical Report
A report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the end of the
proposed seismic survey. The report
will summarize all activities and
monitoring results conducted during inwater seismic surveys. The Technical
Report will include the following:
• Summary of project start and end
dates, airgun activity, number of guns,
and the number and circumstances of
implementing ramp-up, power down,
shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
• Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
• Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
• Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), and group sizes;
• Analyses of the effects of survey
operations;
• Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without
seismic survey activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as: (i) Initial sighting distances
versus survey activity state; (ii) closest
point of approach versus survey activity
state; (iii) observed behaviors and types
of movements versus survey activity
state; (iv) numbers of sightings/
individuals seen versus survey activity
state; (v) distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and
(vi) estimates of exposures of marine
mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160
dB harassment zone.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Report
BP proposes to present the results of
the fish and airgun sound study to
NMFS in a detailed report that will also
be submitted to a peer reviewed journal
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21372
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
for publication, presented at a scientific
conference, and presented in Barrow
and Nuiqsut.
3. Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such
as an injury (Level A harassment),
serious injury or mortality (e.g., shipstrike, gear interaction, and/or
entanglement), BP would immediately
cease the specified activities and
immediately report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the
24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
• Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by
NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident
to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or
by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above.
Activities would be able to continue
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS would work with
BP to determine whether modifications
in the activities are appropriate.
In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the IHA
(e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
BP would report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
24 hours of the discovery. BP would
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
Monitoring Results From Previously
Authorized Activities
BP has not requested and NMFS has
not issued an IHA for this project
previously. However, in 2012, BP
conducted (and NMFS issued an IHA
for) a similar seismic survey (known as
an ocean bottom cable [OBC] survey) in
the Simpson Lagoon area of the Beaufort
Sea, Alaska, which is less than 50 mi
west of Prudhoe Bay. Seismic
acquisition for that survey occurred
from July 29 through September 7, 2012.
Three source vessels were used and
operated in a flip-flop mode, which is
the mode proposed for this Prudhoe Bay
survey.
During the 2012 Simpson Lagoon
seismic survey, BP employed PSOs to
watch for marine mammals on all three
source vessels. Over the course of the
survey, PSOs observed for a total of
1,239 on-watch hours during daylight
hours and for 247 on-watch hours
during darkness or limited visibility
hours. On-watch means the vessel was
active (transiting, line shooting, off-line
shooting). There were no periods of
darkness for the first 2.5 weeks of the
survey. The number of hours of
darkness began to gradually increase
beginning in mid-August with up to 8
hours of darkness on September 7, the
last day of the survey. PSOs did not
detect any cetaceans during the seismic
survey. An estimated 47 pinnipeds were
seen in 45 sightings within the seismic
survey area from July 29 to September
7 from the three seismic source vessels.
Sightings were of ringed, bearded, and
spotted seals, as well as some recorded
as unidentified seal or pinniped. Most
pinnipeds were observed looking at the
vessel, and a few swam away or dove
after the initial sighting.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
During the 2012 Simpson Lagoon
OBC seismic survey, a total of five shutdowns (11 percent of sightings), three
power-downs (7 percent of sightings),
and five delayed ramp-ups (11 percent
of sightings) occurred for pinnipeds. A
delayed ramp-up occurred when a
marine mammal was observed during
the 30-min clearance period. If ramp-up
was initiated (i.e., at least one airgun
was operational) when a marine
mammal was sighted, reducing the
number of airguns was considered a
power-down (one 40 in3 airgun) or shutdown (no airguns were operational).
Given the small size of the bridge on all
source vessels, PSOs, gunners, and
captains were in constant
communication, and all PSO mitigation
requests were implemented as soon as
possible (within seconds). Four of the
five shut-downs occurred when an
animal was sighted at distances of 50 m,
50 m, 75 m and 150 m from the seismic
source. The remaining shut-down
occurred for an animal that was sighted
at a distance of 500 m from the seismic
source; while this was outside of the
190-dB exclusion zone, the animal was
headed toward the exclusion zone. All
three power-downs occurred when an
animal was observed approaching the
exclusion zone. More detail can be
found in BP’s final 90-day technical
report on the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/permits/
bp_openwater_90dayreport.pdf.
Based on the information contained in
BP’s 90-day technical report of the 2012
Simpson Lagoon OBC seismic survey,
BP complied with all mitigation and
monitoring requirements in the IHA.
The amount of estimated take did not
exceed that analyzed for the IHA.
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment]. Only take by Level B
behavioral harassment of some species
is anticipated as a result of the proposed
OBS seismic survey. Anticipated
impacts to marine mammals are
associated with noise propagation from
the sound sources (e.g., airguns and
pingers) used in the seismic survey. No
take is expected to result from vessel
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
strikes because of the slow speed of the
vessels (1–5 knots while acquiring
seismic data) and because of mitigation
measures to reduce collisions with
marine mammals. Additionally, no take
is expected to result from helicopter
operations because of altitude
restrictions.
BP requested take of 11 marine
mammal species by Level B harassment.
However, for reasons mentioned earlier
in this document, it is highly unlikely
that humpback and minke whales
would occur in the proposed seismic
survey area. Therefore, NMFS does not
propose to authorize take of these two
species. The species for which take, by
Level B harassment only, is proposed
include: Bowhead, beluga, gray, and
21373
killer whales; harbor porpoise; and
ringed, bearded, spotted, and ribbon
seals.
The airguns produce impulsive
sounds. The current acoustic thresholds
used by NMFS to estimate Level B and
Level A harassment are presented in
Table 4.
TABLE 4—CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA USED BY NMFS
Criterion
Criterion definition
Threshold
Level A Harassment (Injury) .....
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) (Any level above that which
is known to cause TTS).
Level B Harassment .................
Level B Harassment .................
Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) ...............................
Behavioral Disruption (for continuous, noise) ...........................
180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re
1 microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square
(rms).
160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
120 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
Section 6 of BP’s application contains
a description of the methodology used
by BP to estimate takes by harassment,
including calculations for the 160 dB
(rms) isopleth and marine mammal
densities in the areas of operation (see
ADDRESSES), which is also provided in
the following sections. NMFS verified
BP’s methods, and used the density and
sound isopleth measurements in
estimating take. However, as noted later
in this section, NMFS proposes to
authorize the maximum number of
estimated takes for all species, not just
for cetaceans as presented by BP in
order to ensure that exposure estimates
are not underestimated for pinnipeds.
During data acquisition, the source
vessels of the proposed OBS Prudhoe
Bay seismic survey will cover an area of
about 190 mi2 in water depths ranging
from 3 to 50 ft. Seismic data acquisition
will be halted at the start of the Cross
Island fall bowhead whale hunt. The
total duration of seismic data
acquisition in the Prudhoe Bay area is
estimated to be approximately 45 days.
About 25% of downtime is included in
this total, so the actual number of days
that airguns are expected to be operating
is about 34, based on a continuous 24hr operation.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Most whale species are migratory and
therefore show a seasonal distribution,
with different densities for the summer
period (covering July and August) and
the fall period (covering September and
October). Seal species in the Beaufort
Sea do not show a distinct seasonal
distribution during the open-water
period between July and October. Data
acquisition of the proposed seismic
survey will only take place in summer
(before start of Nuiqsut whaling in late
August/early September), so BP
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
estimated only summer densities for
this proposed IHA. Whale and seal
densities in the Beaufort Sea will further
depend on the presence of sea ice.
However, if ice cover within or close to
the seismic survey area is more than
approximately 10%, seismic survey
activities may not start or will be halted.
Densities related to ice conditions are
therefore not included in the IHA
application.
Spatial differentiation is another
important factor for marine mammal
densities, both in latitudinal and
longitudinal gradient. Taking into
account the shallow water operations of
the proposed seismic survey area and
the associated area of influence, BP used
data from the nearshore zone of the
Beaufort Sea for the calculation of
densities, if available.
Density estimates are based on best
available data. Because available data
did not always cover the area of interest,
this is subject to large temporal and
spatial variation, and correction factors
for perception and availability bias were
not always known, there is some
uncertainty in the data and assumptions
used in the estimated number of
exposures. To provide allowance for
these uncertainties, maximum density
estimates have been provided in
addition to average density estimates.
1. Beluga Whale Density Estimates
The 1979–2011 BWASP aerial survey
database, available from the NOAA Web
site (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/
software/bwasp-comida.php), contains a
total of 62 belugas (31 sightings) in
block 1, which covers the nearshore and
offshore Prudhoe Bay area. Except for
one solitary animal in 1992, all these
belugas were seen in September or
October; the months with most aerial
survey effort. None of the sightings
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
occurred south of 70° N., which is to be
expected because beluga whales
generally travel much farther north
(Moore et al., 2000). The summer effort
in the 1979–2011 database is limited.
Therefore, BP considered and NMFS
agreed that the 2012–2013 data to be the
best available data for calculating beluga
summer densities (Clarke et al., 2013;
https://www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/
cetacean/bwasp/2013), even though the
2013 daily flight summaries posted on
NOAA’s Web site have not undergone
post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of beluga
whales in the Prudhoe Bay area, BP
used the 2012 on-transect beluga
sighting and effort data from the
ASAMM surveys flown in July and
August in the Beaufort Sea. The area
most applicable to our survey was the
area from 140° W.-154° W. and water
depths of 0–20 m (Table 13 in Clarke et
al., 2013). In addition, BP used beluga
sighting and effort data of the 2013
survey, as reported in the daily flight
summaries on the NOAA Web site. BP
intended to only select flights that
covered block 1. However, in many
cases the aerial surveys flown in block
1 also covered blocks 2 and 10, which
were much farther from shore. Because
it was difficult to determine the survey
effort specific to block 1 from the
available information, BP included the
sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations. BP used the
number of individuals counted on
transect, together with the transect
kilometers flown, to calculate density
estimates (Table 4 in the application
and Table 5 here). To convert the
number of individuals per transect
kilometer (ind/km) to a density per area
(ind/km2), BP used the effective strip
width (ESW) of 0.614 km for belugas
calculated from 2008–2012 aerial survey
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21374
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
1 also covered blocks 2 and 10, which
were much farther from shore. Because
it was difficult to determine the survey
effort specific to block 1 from the
available information, BP included the
sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations (Table 5 in the
application and Table 6 here). To
convert the number of individuals per
line transect (ind/km) to a density per
area (ind/km2), BP used the ESW of 1.15
km for bowheads, calculated from 2008–
2012 aerial survey data flown with the
Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson,
NMML, pers. comm., 30 Oct 2013).
3. Other Whale Species
No densities have been estimated for
gray whales and for whale species that
are rare or extralimital to the Beaufort
Sea (killer whale and harbor porpoise)
because sightings of these animals have
been very infrequent. Gray whales may
be encountered in small numbers
throughout the summer and fall,
especially in the nearshore areas. Small
numbers of harbor porpoises may be
encountered as well. During an aerial
survey offshore of Oliktok Point in 2008,
approximately 40 mi (65 km) west of the
proposed survey area, two harbor
porpoises were sighted offshore of the
barrier islands, one on 25 August and
the other on 10 September (Hauser et
al., 2008). For the purpose of this IHA
request, small numbers have been
included in the requested ‘‘take’’
authorization to cover incidental
occurrences of any of these species
during the proposed survey.
census methods count seals when they
are hauled out on the ice. To account for
the proportion of animals present but
not hauled out (availability bias) or seals
present on the ice but missed (detection
bias), a correction factor should be
applied to the ‘‘raw’’ counts. This
correction factor is dependent on the
behavior of each species. To estimate
what proportion of ringed seals were
generally visible resting on the sea ice,
radio tags were placed on seals during
spring 1999–2003 (Kelly et al., 2006).
The probability that seals were visible,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
4. Seal Density Estimates
Ice seals of the Beaufort Sea are
mostly associated with sea ice, and most
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
EN15AP14.001
posted on NOAA’s Web site have not
undergone post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of bowhead
whales in the Prudhoe Bay area, BP
used the 2012 on-transect bowhead
sighting and effort data from surveys
flown in July and August in block 1
(Table 4 in Clarke et al., 2013). In
addition, BP used the on-transect
bowhead sighting and effort data of the
2013 survey, as reported in the daily
flight summaries on the NOAA Web
site. BP intended to only select flights
that covered block 1. However, in many
cases the aerial surveys flown in block
EN15AP14.002
(M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm., 30
Oct 2013).
2. Bowhead Whale Density Estimates
To estimate summer bowhead whale
densities, BP used data from the 2012
and 2013 ASAMM aerial surveys flown
in the Beaufort Sea (Clarke et al., 2013;
www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/). The 1979–
2011 ASAMM database contains only
one on-transect bowhead whale sighting
during July and August (in 2011), likely
due to the limited summer survey effort.
In contrast, the 2012 and 2013 surveys
include substantial effort during the
summer season and are thus considered
to be the best available data, even
though the 2013 daily flight summaries
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
data flown with the Commander aircraft
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
derived from the satellite data, was
applied to seal abundance data from
past aerial surveys and indicated that
the proportion of seals visible varied
from less than 0.4 to more than 0.75
between survey years. The
environmental factors that are important
in explaining the availability of seals to
be counted were found to be time of
day, date, wind speed, air temperature,
and days from snow melt (Kelly et al.,
2006). Besides the uncertainty in the
correction factor, using counts of
basking seals from spring surveys to
predict seal abundance in the openwater period is further complicated by
the fact that seal movements differ
substantially between these two
seasons. Data from nine ringed seals that
were tracked from one subnivean period
(early winter through mid-May or early
June) to the next showed that ringed
seals covered large distances during the
open-water foraging period (Kelly et al.,
2010b). Ringed seals tagged in 2011
close to Barrow also show long
distances traveled during the openwater season (Herreman et al., 2012).
To estimate densities for ringed,
bearded, and spotted seals, BP used data
collected during four shallow water
OBC seismic surveys in the Beaufort Sea
(Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008;
Hauser et al., 2008; HDR, 2012). Habitat
and survey specifics are very similar to
the proposed survey; therefore, these
data were considered to be more
representative than basking seal
densities from spring aerial survey data
(e.g., Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al.,
2002, 2004). NMFS agreed that these
data are likely more representative and
appropriate for use. However, since
these data were not collected during
surveys designed to determine
abundance, NMFS used the maximum
estimates for the proposed number of
takes in this proposed IHA.
Because survey effort in kilometers
was only reported for one of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
surveys, BP used sighting rate (ind/h)
for calculating potential seal exposures.
No distinction is made in seal density
between summer and autumn season.
Also, no correction factors have been
applied to the reported seal sighting
rates.
Seal species ratios: During the 1996
OBC survey, 92% of all seal species
identified were ringed seals, 7%
bearded seals and 1% spotted seals
(Harris et al., 2001). This 1996 survey
occurred in two habitats, one about 19
mi east of Prudhoe Bay near the
McClure Islands, mainly inshore of the
barrier islands in water depths of 10 to
26 ft and the other 6 to 30 mi northwest
of Prudhoe Bay, about 0 to 8 mile
offshore of the barrier islands in water
depths of 10 to 56 ft (Harris et al., 2001).
In 2008, two OBC seismic surveys
occurred in the Beaufort Sea, one in
Foggy Island Bay, about 15 mi SE of
Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), and the
other at Oliktok Point, >30 mi west of
Prudhoe Bay (Hauser et al., 2008). In
2012, an OBC seismic was done in
Simpson Lagoon, bordering the area
surveyed in 2008 at Oliktok Point (HDR,
2012). Based on the number of
identified individuals the ratio ringed,
bearded, and spotted seal was 75%, 8%,
and 17%, respectively in Foggy Island
Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), 22%, 39%, and
39%, respectively at Oliktok Point
(Hauser et al., 2008), and 62%, 15%,
and 23%, respectively in Simpson
Lagoon (HDR, 2012). Because it is often
difficult to identify seals to species, a
large proportion of seal sightings were
unidentified in all four OBC surveys
described here. The total seal sighting
rate was therefore used to calculate
densities for each species, using the
average ratio over all four surveys for
ringed, bearded, and spotted seals, i.e.,
63% ringed, 17% bearded, and 20%
spotted seals.
Seal sighting rates: During the 1996
OBC survey (Harris et al., 2001) the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21375
sighting rate for all seals during periods
when airguns were not operating was
0.63 ind/h. The sighting rate during
non-seismic periods was 0.046 ind/h for
the survey in Foggy Island Bay, just east
of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008). The
OBC survey that took place at Oliktok
Point recorded 0.0674 ind/h when
airguns were not operating (Hauser et
al., 2008), and the maximum sighting
rate during the Simpson Lagoon OBC
seismic survey was 0.030 ind/h (HDR,
2012).
The average seal sighting rate, based
on these four surveys, was 0.193 ind/h.
The maximum was 0.63 ind/h and the
minimum 0.03 ind/h. Using the
proportion of ringed, bearded, and
spotted seals as mentioned above, BP
estimated the average and maximum
sighting rates (ind/h) for each of the
three seal species (Table 6 in the
application and Table 7 here).
5. Marine Mammal Density Summary
For the purpose of calculating the
potential number of beluga and
bowhead whale exposures to received
sound levels of ≥160 dB re 1 mPa, BP
used the minimum density from Tables
5 and 6 in this document as the average
density. The reason for this decision is
that the 2012 data only covered block 1
and were considered more
representative. To derive a maximum
estimated number of exposures, BP used
the average densities from Tables 5 and
6 in this document. BP considered this
approach reasonable because the 2013
beluga and bowhead whale sighting data
included areas outside the zone of
influence of the proposed project. For
example, in 2013, only 3 of the 89
beluga sightings were seen in block 1.
Table 7 in this document summarizes
the densities used in the calculation of
potential number of exposures.
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
Level A and Level B Harassment Zone
Distances
For the proposed 2014 OBS seismic
survey, BP used existing sound source
verification (SSV) measurements to
establish distances to received sound
pressure levels (SPLs). Airgun arrays
consist of a cluster of independent
sources. Because of this, and many other
factors, sounds generated by these
arrays therefore do not propagate evenly
in all directions. BP included both
broadside and endfire measurements of
the array in calculating distances to the
various received sound levels.
Broadside and endfire measurements
are not applicable to mitigation gun
measurements.
Five SSV measurements exist of an
array consisting of eight airguns
(totaling to 880 in3) in the shallow water
environment of the Beaufort Sea. All
these measurements were from 2008:
One in Foggy Island Bay and four in
Oliktok Point (two source vessels and
two water depths). There is one
measurement of a 16 airgun array (640
in3), from the 2012 Simpson Lagoon
OBC seismic survey along water depths
of approximately 40–60 ft (outside the
barrier islands). Table 7 in BP’s
application shows average, maximum,
and minimum measured distances to
each of the four received SPL rms levels
of the 880 in3 array and the 880 and 640
in3 arrays combined. BP used the
average distance of the combined 640–
880 in3 SSV measurements as the
mitigation radii (see Table 8 in BP’s
application). Although the discharge
volumes of the proposed sub-array (620
in3) and combined sub-arrays (1240 in3)
are different than the airgun arrays
measured before, the acoustic properties
are very similar due to the airgun
configuration (number of guns and
sizes). As an example, the rms source
level of the eight-gun 880 in3 array and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the eight-gun 620 in3 arrays are very
similar (217 and 218 dB re 1 mPa rms,
respectively). Likewise, the rms source
levels of the 16-gun 640 in3 and 1240
in3 were comparable (223 and 224 dB re
1 mPa rms, respectively). BP therefore
considered the distances derived from
the existing airgun arrays as
summarized in Table 7 in BP’s
application as representative for the
proposed 620–1240 in3 arrays. NMFS
concurs with this approach.
Three shallow water SSV
measurements were used to calculate
the average, maximum, and minimum
distances for the 40 in3 mitigation gun
(see Table 7 in BP’s application). Two
measurements were from the 2012
Simpson lagoon seismic survey (in
water depths of approximately 40–60 ft
and 6.5 ft) and one measurement from
the 2011 Harrison Bay shallow hazard
survey in 6.5 ft water depth (from a 4
× 10 in3 cluster). BP derived the
distances for the 10 in3 mitigation gun
from four shallow hazard SSV
measurements in the Beaufort Sea: One
in 2007, two in 2008, and one in 2011.
Table 8 in this document presents the
radii used to estimate take (160 dB
isopleth) and to implement mitigation
measures (180 dB and 190 dB isopleths)
from the full airgun array and the 40 in3
and 10 in3 mitigation guns. However,
take is only estimated using the larger
radius of the full airgun array.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
TABLE 8—DISTANCES (IN METERS) TO
BE USED FOR ESTIMATING TAKE BY
LEVEL B HARASSMENT AND FOR
MITIGATION PURPOSES DURING THE
PROPOSED 2014 NORTH PRUDHOE
BAY 2014 SEISMIC SURVEY
Airgun discharge
volume
(in3)
190 dB
re 1
μPa
180 dB
re 1
μPa
160 dB
re 1
μPa
620–1240 in3 ....
40 in3 ................
10 in3 ................
300
70
20
600
200
50
5000
2000
600
Numbers of Marine Mammals
Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of marine
mammals that might be exposed to the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) SPL was
calculated differently for cetaceans and
pinnipeds, as described in Section 6.3 of
BP’s application and next here.
1. Number of Cetaceans Potentially
Taken by Harassment
The potential number of bowhead and
beluga whales that might be exposed to
the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) sound
pressure level was calculated by
multiplying:
• The expected bowhead and beluga
density as provided in Tables 5 and 6
in this document (Tables 4 and 5 in BP’s
application);
• the anticipated area around each
source vessel that is ensonified by the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) sound pressure
level; and
• the estimated number of 24-hr days
that the source vessels are operating.
The area expected to be ensonified by
the 620–1,240 in3 array was determined
based on the maximum distance to the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) sound pressure
level as determined from the maximum
640–880 in3 array measurements (Table
7 in BP’s application and summarized
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
EN15AP14.003
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21376
21377
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
in Table 8 in this document), rounded
to 5 km. Based on a radius of 5 km, the
160 dB isopleth used in the exposure
calculations was 78.5 km2. It is expected
that on average, two source vessels will
be operating simultaneously, although
one source vessel might sometimes be
engaged in crew change, maintenance,
fueling, or other activities that do not
require the operation of airguns. The
minimum distance between the two
source vessels will be about 550 ft.
Although there will be an overlap in
ensonified area, for the estimated
number of exposures, BP summed the
exposed area of each source vessel.
Using the maximum distance and
summing the isopleths of both source
vessels provides a likely overestimate of
marine mammal exposures.
The estimated number of 24-hr days
of airgun operations was determined by
assuming a 25% downtime during the
45-day planned data acquisition period.
Downtime is related to weather,
equipment maintenance, mitigation
implementation, and other
circumstances. The total number of full
24-hr days that data acquisition is
expected to occur is approximately 34
days or 816 hours.
Average and maximum estimates of
the number of bowhead and beluga
whales potentially exposed to sound
pressure levels of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
or more are summarized in Table 9 in
BP’s application. Species such as gray
whale, killer whale, and harbor porpoise
are not expected to be encountered but
might be present in very low numbers;
the maximum expected number of
exposures for these species provided in
Table 9 of BP’s application is based on
the likelihood of incidental occurrences.
The average and maximum number of
bowhead whales potentially exposed to
sound levels of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
or more is estimated at 8 and 29,
respectively. BP requested the
maximum number of expected
exposures based on the unexpected
large numbers of bowheads observed in
August during the 2013 ASAMM
survey. The average and maximum
number of potential beluga exposures to
160 dB is 15 and 36, respectively.
Belugas are known to show aggregate
behavior and can occur in large
numbers in nearshore zones, as
evidenced by the sighting at Endicott in
August 2013. Therefore, for the unlikely
event that a group of belugas appears
within the 160 dB isopleth during the
proposed seismic survey, BP added a
number of 75 to the requested
authorization. Chance encounters with
small numbers of other whale species
are possible.
These estimated exposures do not
take into account the proposed
mitigation measures, such as PSOs
watching for animals, shutdowns or
power downs of the airguns when
marine mammals are seen within
defined ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
2. Number of Pinnipeds Potentially
Taken by Harassment
The estimated number of seals that
might be exposed to pulsed sounds of
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) was calculated by
multiplying:
• The expected species specific
sighting rate as provided in Table 7 in
this document (also in Table 6 in BP’s
application); and
• the total number of hours that each
source vessel will be operating during
the data acquisition period.
The estimated number of hours that
each source vessel will operate its
airguns was determined by assuming a
25% downtime during a 45-day survey
period, which is a total of 816 hours (34
days of 24 hour operations). It is
expected that on average, two source
vessels will be operating
simultaneously. As a comparison,
during a similar survey in Simpson
Lagoon, three source vessels were
operating their airguns for a total of
approximately 710 hrs to cover an area
of 110 mi2. The 816 hours of airgun
operations for the North Prudhoe survey
seems therefore a reasonable estimate.
The resulting average and maximum
number of ringed, bearded, and spotted
seal exposures based on 816 hours of
airgun operations are summarized in
Table 9 of BP’s application. BP assumed
that all seal sightings would occur
within the 160 dB isopleth. These
estimated exposures do not take into
account the proposed mitigation
measures, such as PSOs watching for
animals, shutdowns or power downs of
the airguns when marine mammals are
seen within defined ranges, and rampup of airguns.
Estimated Take by Harassment
Summary
Table 9 here outlines the density
estimates used to estimate Level B takes,
the proposed Level B harassment take
levels, the abundance of each species in
the Beaufort Sea, the percentage of each
species or stock estimated to be taken,
and current population trends. As
explained earlier in this document,
NMFS used the maximum density
estimates or sighting rates and proposes
to authorize the maximum estimates of
exposures. Additionally, as explained
earlier, density estimates are not
available for species that are uncommon
in the proposed seismic survey area.
TABLE 9—DENSITY ESTIMATES OR SPECIES SIGHTING RATES, PROPOSED LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKE LEVELS, SPECIES
OR STOCK ABUNDANCE, PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION PROPOSED TO BE TAKEN, AND SPECIES TREND STATUS
Density
(#/km2)
Sighting rate
(ind/hr)
Beluga whale ......................
Killer whale ..........................
Harbor porpoise ..................
Bowhead whale ...................
Gray whale ..........................
Bearded seal .......................
Ringed seal .........................
Spotted seal ........................
Ribbon seal .........................
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Species
0.0105
NA
NA
0.0055
NA
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
0.107
0.397
0.126
NA
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Proposed level
B take
75
3
3
29
3
87
324
103
3
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Abundance
Percentage of
population
39,258
552
48,215
16,892
19,126
155,000
300,000
141,479
49,000
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
0.19
0.54
0.01
0.17
0.02
0.06
0.11
0.07
0.01
15APN2
Trend
No reliable information.
Stable.
No reliable information.
Increasing.
Increasing.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
No reliable information.
21378
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Analysis and Preliminary
Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), as well as the number
and nature of estimated Level A
harassment takes, the number of
estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,
and the status of the species.
No injuries or mortalities are
anticipated to occur as a result of BP’s
proposed 3D OBS seismic survey, and
none are proposed to be authorized.
Additionally, animals in the area are not
expected to incur hearing impairment
(i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory
physiological effects. The number of
takes that are anticipated and
authorized are expected to be limited to
short-term Level B behavioral
harassment. While the airguns will be
operated continuously for about 34
days, the project time frame will occur
when cetacean species are typically not
found in the project area or are found
only in low numbers. While pinnipeds
are likely to be found in the proposed
project area more frequently, their
distribution is dispersed enough that
they likely will not be in the Level B
harassment zone continuously. As
mentioned previously in this document,
pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of
anthropogenic sound than mystiectes.
The Alaskan Beaufort Sea is part of
the main migration route of the Western
Arctic stock of bowhead whales.
However, the seismic survey has been
planned to occur when the majority of
the population is found in the Canadian
Beaufort Sea. Active airgun operations
will cease by midnight on August 25
before the main fall migration begins
and well before cow/calf pairs begin
migrating through the area.
Additionally, several locations within
the Beaufort Sea serve as feeding
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
grounds for bowhead whales. However,
as mentioned earlier in this document,
the primary feeding grounds are not
found in Prudhoe Bay. The majority of
bowhead whales feed in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea during the fall migration
period, which will occur after the
cessation of the airgun survey.
Belugas that migrate through the U.S.
Beaufort Sea typically do so farther
offshore (more than 37 mi [60 km]) and
in deeper waters (more than 656 ft [200
m]) than where the proposed 3D OBS
seismic survey activities would occur.
Gray whales are rarely sighted this far
east in the U.S. Beaufort Sea.
Additionally, there are no known
feeding grounds for gray whales in the
Prudhoe Bay area. The most northern
feeding sites known for this species are
located in the Chukchi Sea near Hanna
Shoal and Point Barrow. The other
cetacean species for which take is
proposed are uncommon in Prudhoe
Bay, and no known feeding or calving
grounds occur in Prudhoe Bay for these
species. Based on these factors,
exposures of cetaceans to anthropogenic
sounds are not expected to last for
prolonged periods (i.e., several days or
weeks) since they are not known to
remain in the area for extended periods
of time in July and August. Also, the
shallow water location of the survey
makes it unlikely that cetaceans would
remain in the area for prolonged
periods. Based on all of this
information, the proposed project is not
anticipated to affect annual rates of
recruitment or survival for cetaceans in
the area.
Ringed seals breed and pup in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea; however, the
proposed seismic survey will occur
outside of the breeding and pupping
seasons. The Beaufort Sea does not
provide suitable habitat for the other
three ice seal species for breeding and
pupping. Based on this information, the
proposed project is not anticipated to
affect annual rates of recruitment or
survival for pinnipeds in the area.
Of the nine marine mammal species
for which take is authorized, one is
listed as endangered under the ESA—
the bowhead whale—and two are listed
as threatened—ringed and bearded
seals. Schweder et al. (2009) estimated
the yearly growth rate to be 3.2% (95%
CI = 0.5–4.8%) between 1984 and 2003
using a sight-resight analysis of aerial
photographs. There are currently no
reliable data on trends of the ringed and
bearded seal stocks in Alaska. The
ribbon seal is listed as a species of
concern under the ESA. Certain stocks
or populations of gray, killer, and beluga
whales and spotted seals are listed as
endangered or are proposed for listing
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
under the ESA; however, none of those
stocks or populations occur in the
activity area. There is currently no
established critical habitat in the project
area for any of these nine species.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
BP’s proposed 3D OBS seismic survey
in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska,
will have a negligible impact on the
affected marine mammal species or
stocks.
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be
authorized represent less than 1% of all
populations or stocks (see Table 9 in
this document). These take estimates
represent the percentage of each species
or stock that could be taken by Level B
behavioral harassment if each animal is
taken only once. The numbers of marine
mammals taken are small relative to the
affected species or stock sizes. In
addition, the mitigation and monitoring
measures (described previously in this
document) proposed for inclusion in the
IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce
even further any potential disturbance
to marine mammals. NMFS
preliminarily finds that small numbers
of marine mammals will be taken
relative to the populations of the
affected species or stocks. Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock
for Taking for Subsistence Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The disturbance and potential
displacement of marine mammals by
sounds from the proposed seismic
survey are the principal concerns
related to subsistence use of the area.
Subsistence remains the basis for Alaska
Native culture and community. Marine
mammals are legally hunted in Alaskan
waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In
rural Alaska, subsistence activities are
often central to many aspects of human
existence, including patterns of family
life, artistic expression, and community
religious and celebratory activities.
Additionally, the animals taken for
subsistence provide a significant portion
of the food that will last the community
throughout the year. The main species
that are hunted include bowhead and
beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and
bearded seals, walruses, and polar bears.
(As mentioned previously in this
document, both the walrus and the
polar bear are under the USFWS’
jurisdiction.) The importance of each of
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
these species varies among the
communities and is largely based on
availability.
Residents of the village of Nuiqsut are
the primary subsistence users in the
project area. The communities of
Barrow and Kaktovik also harvest
resources that pass through the area of
interest but do not hunt in or near the
Prudhoe Bay area. Subsistence hunters
from all three communities conduct an
annual hunt for autumn-migrating
bowhead whales. Barrow also conducts
a bowhead hunt in spring. Residents of
all three communities hunt seals. Other
subsistence activities include fishing,
waterfowl and seaduck harvests, and
hunting for walrus, beluga whales, polar
bears, caribou, and moose.
Nuiqsut is the community closest to
the seismic survey area (approximately
54 mi [87 km] southwest). Nuiqsut
hunters harvest bowhead whales only
during the fall whaling season (Long,
1996). In recent years, Nuiqsut whalers
have typically landed three or four
whales per year. Nuiqsut whalers
concentrate their efforts on areas north
and east of Cross Island, generally in
water depths greater than 66 ft (20 m;
Galginaitis, 2009). Cross Island is the
principal base for Nuiqsut whalers
while they are hunting bowheads (Long,
1996). Cross Island is located
approximately 35 mi (56.4 km) east of
the seismic survey area.
Kaktovik whalers search for whales
east, north, and occasionally west of
Kaktovik. Kaktovik is located
approximately 120 mi (193 km) east of
Prudhoe Bay. The western most
reported harvest location was about 13
mi (21 km) west of Kaktovik, near 70°10′
N., 144°11′ W. (Kaleak, 1996). That site
is about 112 mi (180 km) east of the
proposed survey area.
Barrow whalers search for whales
much farther from the Prudhoe Bay
area—about 155+ mi (250+ km) to the
west. Barrow hunters have expressed
concerns about ‘‘downstream’’ effects to
bowhead whales during the westward
fall migration; however, BP will cease
airgun operations prior to the start of the
fall migration.
Beluga whales are not a prevailing
subsistence resource in the communities
of Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. Kaktovik
hunters may harvest one beluga whale
in conjunction with the bowhead hunt;
however, it appears that most
households obtain beluga through
exchanges with other communities.
Although Nuiqsut hunters have not
hunted belugas for many years while on
Cross Island for the fall hunt, this does
not mean that they may not return to
this practice in the future. Data
presented by Braund and Kruse (2009)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
indicate that only 1% of Barrow’s total
harvest between 1962 and 1982 was of
beluga whales and that it did not
account for any of the harvested animals
between 1987 and 1989.
Ringed seals are available to
subsistence users in the Beaufort Sea
year-round, but they are primarily
hunted in the winter or spring due to
the rich availability of other mammals
in the summer. Bearded seals are
primarily hunted during July in the
Beaufort Sea; however, in 2007, bearded
seals were harvested in the months of
August and September at the mouth of
the Colville River Delta, which is
approximately 50+ mi (80+ km) from
the proposed seismic survey area.
However, this sealing area can reach as
far east as Pingok Island, which is
approximately 20 mi (32 km) west of the
survey area. An annual bearded seal
harvest occurs in the vicinity of Thetis
Island (which is a considerable distance
from Prudhoe Bay) in July through
August. Approximately 20 bearded seals
are harvested annually through this
hunt. Spotted seals are harvested by
some of the villages in the summer
months. Nuiqsut hunters typically hunt
spotted seals in the nearshore waters off
the Colville River Delta. The majority of
the more established seal hunts that
occur in the Beaufort Sea, such as the
Colville delta area hunts, are located a
significant distance (in some instances
50 mi [80 km] or more) from the project
area.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable
adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as:
‘‘. . . an impact resulting from the
specified activity: (1) That is likely to
reduce the availability of the species to
a level insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.’’
Noise and general activity during BP’s
proposed 3D OBS seismic survey have
the potential to impact marine mammals
hunted by Native Alaskan. In the case
of cetaceans, the most common reaction
to anthropogenic sounds (as noted
previously) is avoidance of the
ensonified area. In the case of bowhead
whales, this often means that the
animals divert from their normal
migratory path by several kilometers.
Helicopter activity also has the potential
to disturb cetaceans and pinnipeds by
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21379
causing them to vacate the area.
Additionally, general vessel presence in
the vicinity of traditional hunting areas
could negatively impact a hunt. Native
knowledge indicates that bowhead
whales become increasingly ‘‘skittish’’
in the presence of seismic noise. Whales
are more wary around the hunters and
tend to expose a much smaller portion
of their back when surfacing (which
makes harvesting more difficult).
Additionally, natives report that
bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in the
presence of seismic, such as tailslapping, which translate to danger for
nearby subsistence harvesters.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures To
Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)
require IHA applicants for activities that
take place in Arctic waters to provide a
Plan of Cooperation or information that
identifies what measures have been
taken and/or will be taken to minimize
adverse effects on the availability of
marine mammals for subsistence
purposes. BP has begun discussions
with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling
Commission (AEWC) to develop a
Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA)
intended to minimize potential
interference with bowhead subsistence
hunting. BP also attended and
participated in meetings with the AEWC
on December 13, 2013, and will attend
future meetings to be scheduled in 2014.
The CAA, when executed, will describe
measures to minimize any adverse
effects on the availability of bowhead
whales for subsistence uses.
The North Slope Borough Department
of Wildlife Management (NSB–DWM)
will be consulted, and BP plans to
present the project to the NSB Planning
Commission in 2014. BP will hold
meetings in the community of Nuiqsut
to present the proposed project, address
questions and concerns from
community members, and provide them
with contact information of project
management to which they can direct
concerns during the survey. During the
NMFS Open-Water Meeting in
Anchorage in 2013, BP presented their
proposed projects to various
stakeholders that were present during
this meeting.
BP will continue to engage with the
affected subsistence communities
regarding its Beaufort Sea activities. As
in previous years, BP will meet formally
and/or informally with several
stakeholder entities: the NSB Planning
Department, NSB–DWM, NMFS, AEWC,
Inupiat Community of the Arctic Slope,
Inupiat History Language and Culture
Center, USFWS, Nanuq and Walrus
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
21380
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
Commissions, and Alaska Department of
Fish & Game.
Project information was provided to
and input on subsistence obtained from
the AEWC and Nanuq Commission at
the following meetings:
• AEWC, October 17, 2013; and
• Nanuq Commission, October 17,
2013.
Additional meetings with relevant
stakeholders will be scheduled and a
record of attendance and topics
discussed will be maintained and
submitted to NMFS.
BP proposes to implement several
mitigation measures to reduce impacts
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence hunts in the Beaufort
Sea. Many of these measures were
developed from the 2013 CAA and
previous NSB Development Permits. In
addition to the measures listed next, BP
will cease all airgun operations by
midnight on August 25 to allow time for
the Beaufort Sea communities to
prepare for their fall bowhead whale
hunts prior to the beginning of the fall
westward migration through the
Beaufort Sea. Some of the measures
mentioned next have been mentioned
previously in this document:
• PSOs on board vessels are tasked
with looking out for whales and other
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
vessel to assist the vessel captain in
avoiding harm to whales and other
marine mammals;
• Vessels and aircraft will avoid areas
where species that are sensitive to noise
or vessel movements are concentrated;
• Communications and conflict
resolution are detailed in the CAA. BP
will participate in the Communications
Center that is operated annually during
the bowhead subsistence hunt;
• Communications with the village of
Nuiqsut to discuss community
questions or concerns including all
subsistence hunting activities. Preproject meeting(s) with Nuiqsut
representatives will be held at agreed
times with groups in the community of
Nuiqsut. If additional meetings are
requested, they will be set up in a
similar manner;
• Contact information for BP will be
provided to community members and
distributed in a manner agreed at the
community meeting;
• BP has contracted with a liaison
from Nuiqsut who will help coordinate
meetings and serve as an additional
contact for local residents during
planning and operations; and
• Inupiat Communicators will be
employed and work on seismic source
vessels. They will also serve as PSOs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Preliminary Determination
BP has adopted a spatial and temporal
strategy for its Prudhoe Bay survey that
should minimize impacts to subsistence
hunters. First, BP’s activities will not
commence until after the spring hunts
have occurred. Second, BP will cease all
airgun operations by midnight on
August 25 prior to the start of the
bowhead whale fall westward migration
and any fall subsistence hunts by
Beaufort Sea communities. Prudhoe Bay
is not commonly used for subsistence
hunts. Although some seal hunting cooccurs temporally with BP’s proposed
seismic survey, the locations do not
overlap. BP’s presence will not place
physical barriers between the sealers
and the seals. Additionally, BP will
work closely with the closest affected
communities and support
Communications Centers and employ
local Inupiat Communicators. Based on
the description of the specified activity,
the measures described to minimize
adverse effects on the availability of
marine mammals for subsistence
purposes, and the proposed mitigation
and monitoring measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that there will
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from BP’s proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead
whale is listed as endangered and the
ringed and bearded seals are listed as
threatened under the ESA. NMFS’
Permits and Conservation Division has
initiated consultation with staff in
NMFS’ Alaska Region Protected
Resources Division under section 7 of
the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to
BP under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA for this activity. Consultation
will be concluded prior to a
determination on the issuance of an
IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
NMFS is currently conducting an
analysis, pursuant to NEPA, to
determine whether this proposed IHA
may have a significant effect on the
human environment. This analysis will
be completed prior to the issuance or
denial of this proposed IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to BP for conducting a 3D OBS
seismic survey in the Prudhoe Bay area
of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the
2014 open-water season, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation,
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. The proposed IHA
language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the
IHA itself. The wording contained in
this section is proposed for inclusion in
the IHA (if issued).
1. This IHA is valid from July 1, 2014,
through September 30, 2014.
2. This IHA is valid only for activities
associated with open-water OBS seismic
surveys and related activities in the
Beaufort Sea. The specific areas where
BP’s surveys will be conducted are
within the Prudhoe Bay Area, Beaufort
Sea, Alaska, as shown in Figures 1 and
2 of BP’s IHA application.
3. Species Authorized and Level of
Take
a. The incidental taking of marine
mammals, by Level B harassment only,
is limited to the following species in the
waters of the Beaufort Sea:
i. Odontocetes: 75 beluga whales; 3
killer whales; and 3 harbor porpoises.
ii. Mysticetes: 29 bowhead whales
and 3 gray whales.
iii. Pinnipeds: 324 ringed seals; 87
bearded seals; 103 spotted seals; and 3
ribbon seals.
iv. If any marine mammal species not
listed in conditions 3(a)(i) through (iii)
are encountered during seismic survey
operations and are likely to be exposed
to sound pressure levels (SPLs) greater
than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for impulse sources, then the Holder of
this IHA must shut-down the sound
source to avoid take.
b. The taking by injury (Level A
harassment) serious injury, or death of
any of the species listed in condition
3(a) or the taking of any kind of any
other species of marine mammal is
prohibited and may result in the
modification, suspension or revocation
of this IHA.
4. The authorization for taking by
harassment is limited to the following
acoustic sources (or sources with
comparable frequency and intensity)
and from the following activities:
a. 620 in3 airgun arrays;
b. 1,240 in3 airgun arrays;
c. 40 in3 and/or 10 in3 mitigation
airguns; and
d. Vessel activities related to the OBS
seismic survey.
5. The taking of any marine mammal
in a manner prohibited under this
Authorization must be reported within
24 hours of the taking to the Alaska
Regional Administrator or his designee
and the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, or her
designee.
6. The holder of this Authorization
must notify the Chief of the Permits and
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, at least 48 hours
prior to the start of collecting seismic
data (unless constrained by the date of
issuance of this IHA in which case
notification shall be made as soon as
possible).
7. Mitigation Requirements: The
Holder of this Authorization is required
to implement the following mitigation
requirements when conducting the
specified activities to achieve the least
practicable impact on affected marine
mammal species or stocks:
a. General Vessel and Aircraft
Mitigation
i. Avoid concentrations or groups of
whales by all vessels under the
direction of BP. Operators of support
vessels should, at all times, conduct
their activities at the maximum distance
possible from such concentrations of
whales.
ii. Transit and node laying vessels
shall be operated at speeds necessary to
ensure no physical contact with whales
occurs. If any barge or transit vessel
approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of
observed whales, except when
providing emergency assistance to
whalers or in other emergency
situations, the vessel operator will take
reasonable precautions to avoid
potential interaction with the whales by
taking one or more of the following
actions, as appropriate:
A. Reducing vessel speed to less than
5 knots within 300 yards (900 feet or
274 m) of the whale(s);
B. Steering around the whale(s) if
possible;
C. Operating the vessel(s) in such a
way as to avoid separating members of
a group of whales from other members
of the group;
D. Operating the vessel(s) to avoid
causing a whale to make multiple
changes in direction;
E. Checking the waters immediately
adjacent to the vessel(s) to ensure that
no whales will be injured when the
propellers are engaged; and
F. Reducing vessel speed to less than
9 knots when weather conditions reduce
visibility.
iii. When weather conditions require,
such as when visibility drops, adjust
vessel speed accordingly to avoid the
likelihood of injury to whales.
iv. In the event that any aircraft (such
as helicopters) are used to support the
planned survey, the mitigation measures
below would apply:
A. Under no circumstances, other
than an emergency, shall aircraft be
operated at an altitude lower than 1,000
feet above sea level when within 0.3
mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
B. Helicopters shall not hover or
circle above or within 0.3 mile (0.5 km)
of groups of whales.
C. At all other times, aircraft should
attempt not to fly below 1,000 ft except
during emergencies and take-offs and
landings.
b. Seismic Airgun Mitigation
i. Whenever a marine mammal is
detected outside the exclusion zone
radius and based on its position and
motion relative to the ship track is likely
to enter the exclusion radius, calculate
and implement an alternative ship
speed or track or de-energize the airgun
array, as described in condition 7(b)(iv)
below.
ii. Exclusion Zones:
A. Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs an exclusion zone for cetaceans
surrounding the airgun array on the
source vessel where the received level
would be 180 dB re 1 mPa rms. This
radius is estimated to be 600 m from the
seismic source for the 620 in3 airgun
arrays, 200 m for a single 40 in3 airgun,
and 50 m for a single 10 in3 airgun.
B. Establish and monitor with trained
PSOs an exclusion zone for pinnipeds
surrounding the airgun array on the
source vessel where the received level
would be 190 dB re 1 mPa rms. This
radius is estimated to be 300 m from the
seismic source for the 620 in3 airgun
arrays, 70 m for the single 40 in3 airgun,
and 20 m for a single 10 in3 airgun.
iii. Ramp-up
A. A ramp-up, following a cold start,
can be applied if the exclusion zone has
been free of marine mammals for a
consecutive 30-minute period. The
entire exclusion zone must have been
visible during these 30 minutes. If the
entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
B. Ramp-up procedures from a cold
start shall be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion
zone during the 30-minute period prior
to the ramp up. The delay shall last
until the marine mammal(s) has been
observed to leave the exclusion zone or
until the animal(s) is not sighted for at
least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to pinnipeds, while a 30 minute
observation period applies to cetaceans.
C. A ramp-up, following a shutdown,
can be applied if the marine mammal(s)
for which the shutdown occurred has
been observed to leave the exclusion
zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted
for at least 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (cetaceans).
D. If, for any reason, electrical power
to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes
or more, ramp-up procedures shall be
implemented. Only if the PSO watch
has been suspended, a 30-minute
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21381
clearance of the exclusion zone is
required prior to commencing ramp-up.
Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a
ramp-up.
E. The seismic operator and PSOs
shall maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the
airgun arrays reach full power.
F. The ramp-up will be conducted by
doubling the number of operating
airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting
with the smallest gun in the array.
iv. Power-down/Shutdown
A. The airgun array shall be
immediately powered down (reduction
in the number of operating airguns such
that the radii of exclusion zones are
decreased) whenever a marine mammal
is sighted approaching close to or
within the applicable exclusion zone of
the full array, but is outside the
applicable exclusion zone of the single
mitigation airgun.
B. If a marine mammal is already
within the exclusion zone when first
detected, the airguns shall be powered
down immediately.
C. Following a power-down, ramp-up
to the full airgun array shall not resume
until the marine mammal has cleared
the exclusion zone. The animal will be
considered to have cleared the
exclusion zone if it is visually observed
to have left the exclusion zone of the
full array, or has not been seen within
the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or
30 minutes (cetaceans).
D. If a marine mammal is sighted
within or about to enter the 190 or 180
dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of
the single mitigation airgun, the airgun
array shall be shutdown immediately.
E. Airgun activity after a complete
shutdown shall not resume until the
marine mammal has cleared the
exclusion zone of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have
cleared the exclusion zone as described
above under ramp-up procedures.
v. Poor Visibility Conditions
A. If during foggy conditions, heavy
snow or rain, or darkness, the full 180
dB exclusion zone is not visible, the
airguns cannot commence a ramp-up
procedure from a full shut-down.
B. If one or more airguns have been
operational before nightfall or before the
onset of poor visibility conditions, they
can remain operational throughout the
night or poor visibility conditions. In
this case ramp-up procedures can be
initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the
assumption that marine mammals will
be alerted by the sounds from the single
airgun and have moved away.
C. The mitigation airgun will be
operated at approximately one shot per
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21382
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
minute and will not be operated for
longer than three hours in duration
during daylight hours and good
visibility. In cases when the next startup after the turn is expected to be
during lowlight or low visibility, use of
the mitigation airgun may be initiated
30 minutes before darkness or low
visibility conditions occur and may be
operated until the start of the next
seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at
approximately one shot per minute.
c. Subsistence Mitigation
i. Airgun operations must cease no
later than midnight on August 25, 2014;
ii. BP will participate in the
Communications Center that is operated
annually during the bowhead
subsistence hunt; and
iii. Inupiat communicators will work
on the seismic vessels.
8. Monitoring
a. The holder of this Authorization
must designate biologically-trained, onsite individuals (PSOs) to be onboard
the source vessels, who are approved in
advance by NMFS, to conduct the visual
monitoring programs required under
this Authorization and to record the
effects of seismic surveys and the
resulting sound on marine mammals.
i. PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat
observers and experienced field
biologists. An experienced field crew
leader will supervise the PSO team
onboard the survey vessel. New
observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid
situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
ii. Crew leaders and most other
biologists serving as observers will be
individuals with experience as
observers during recent seismic or
shallow hazards monitoring projects in
Alaska, the Canadian Beaufort, or other
offshore areas in recent years.
iii. PSOs shall complete a training
session on marine mammal monitoring,
to be conducted shortly before the
anticipated start of the 2014 open-water
season. The training session(s) will be
conducted by qualified marine
mammalogists with extensive crewleader experience during previous
vessel-based monitoring programs. An
observers’ handbook, adapted for the
specifics of the planned survey program
will be reviewed as part of the training.
iv. If there are Alaska Native PSOs,
the PSO training that is conducted prior
to the start of the survey activities shall
be conducted with both Alaska Native
PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room.
There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
v. Crew members should not be used
as primary PSOs because they have
other duties and generally do not have
the same level of expertise, experience,
or training as PSOs, but they could be
stationed on the fantail of the vessel to
observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and
implement a power-down or shutdown
if a marine mammal enters the
exclusion zone).
vi. If crew members are to be used as
PSOs, they shall go through some basic
training consistent with the functions
they will be asked to perform. The best
approach would be for crew members
and PSOs to go through the same
training together.
vii. PSOs shall be trained using visual
aids (e.g., videos, photos), to help them
identify the species that they are likely
to encounter in the conditions under
which the animals will likely be seen.
viii. BP shall train its PSOs to follow
a scanning schedule that consistently
distributes scanning effort according to
the purpose and need for observations.
For example, the schedule might call for
60% of scanning effort to be directed
toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same
schedule to ensure consistency in their
scanning efforts.
ix. PSOs shall be trained in
documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should simply record
the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting,
approaching or moving away from
vessels) and relative location of the
observed marine mammals.
b. To the extent possible, PSOs should
be on duty for four (4) consecutive
hours or less, although more than one
four-hour shift per day is acceptable;
however, an observer shall not be on
duty for more than 12 hours in a 24hour period.
c. Monitoring is to be conducted by
the PSOs onboard the active seismic
vessels to ensure that no marine
mammals enter the appropriate
exclusion zone whenever the seismic
acoustic sources are on and to record
marine mammal activity as described in
condition 8(f). Two PSOs will be
present on each seismic source vessel.
At least one PSO shall monitor for
marine mammals at any time during
daylight hours.
d. At all times, the crew must be
instructed to keep watch for marine
mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge
watch-stander must immediately notify
the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine
mammal is within or closely
approaching its designated exclusion
zone, the seismic acoustic sources must
be immediately powered down or
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
shutdown (in accordance with
condition 7(b)(iv)).
e. Observations by the PSOs on
marine mammal presence and activity
will begin a minimum of 30 minutes
prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/
or ramped-up.
f. All marine mammal observations
and any airgun power-down, shut-down
and ramp-up will be recorded in a
standardized format. Data will be
entered into a custom database. The
accuracy of the data entry will be
verified daily through QA/QC
procedures. These procedures will
allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer
of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
g. Monitoring shall consist of
recording:
i. The species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable), the general
behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from
seismic vessel, sighting cue, behavioral
pace, and apparent reaction of all
marine mammals seen near the seismic
vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none,
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc);
ii. The time, location, heading, speed,
and activity of the vessel (shooting or
not), along with sea state, visibility,
cloud cover and sun glare at:
A. Any time a marine mammal is
sighted (including pinnipeds hauled out
on barrier islands),
B. At the start and end of each watch,
and
C. During a watch (whenever there is
a change in one or more variable);
iii. The identification of all vessels
that are visible within 5 km of the
seismic vessel whenever a marine
mammal is sighted, and the time
observed, bearing, distance, heading,
speed and activity of the other vessel(s);
iv. Any identifiable marine mammal
behavioral response (sighting data
should be collected in a manner that
will not detract from the PSO’s ability
to detect marine mammals);
v. Any adjustments made to operating
procedures; and
iv. Visibility during observation
periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
h. BP shall work with its observers to
develop a means for recording data that
does not reduce observation time
significantly.
i. PSOs shall use the best possible
positions for observing (e.g., outside and
as high on the vessel as possible), taking
into account weather and other working
conditions. PSOs shall carefully
document visibility during observation
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
periods so that total estimates of take
can be corrected accordingly.
j. PSOs shall scan systematically with
the unaided eye and reticle binoculars,
and other devices.
k. PSOs shall attempt to maximize the
time spent looking at the water and
guarding the exclusion radii. They shall
avoid the tendency to spend too much
time evaluating animal behavior or
entering data on forms, both of which
detract from their primary purpose of
monitoring the exclusion zone.
l. Night-vision equipment (Generation
3 binocular image intensifiers, or
equivalent units) shall be available for
use during low light hours, and BP shall
continue to research methods of
detecting marine mammals during
periods of low visibility.
m. PSOs shall understand the
importance of classifying marine
mammals as ‘‘unknown’’ or
‘‘unidentified’’ if they cannot identify
the animals to species with confidence.
In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the
identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an
unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the
animal had a dorsal fin.
n. Additional details about
unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ‘‘blow only’’, mysticete with (or
without) a dorsal fin, ‘‘seal splash’’, etc.,
shall be recorded.
o. BP shall conduct a fish and airgun
sound monitoring program as described
in the IHA application and further
refined in consultation with an expert
panel.
9. Data Analysis and Presentation in
Reports:
a. Estimation of potential takes or
exposures shall be improved for times
with low visibility (such as during fog
or darkness) through interpolation or
possibly using a probability approach.
Those data could be used to interpolate
possible takes during periods of
restricted visibility.
b. Water depth should be
continuously recorded by the vessel and
for each marine mammal sighting. Water
depth should be accounted for in the
analysis of take estimates.
c. BP shall be very clear in their report
about what periods are considered
‘‘non-seismic’’ for analyses.
d. BP shall examine data from
ASAMM and other such programs to
assess possible impacts from their
seismic survey.
e. To better assess impacts to marine
mammals, data analysis shall be
separated into periods when a seismic
airgun array (or a single mitigation
airgun) is operating and when it is not.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Final and comprehensive reports to
NMFS should summarize and plot:
i. Data for periods when a seismic
array is active and when it is not; and
ii. The respective predicted received
sound conditions over fairly large areas
(tens of km) around operations.
f. To help evaluate the effectiveness of
PSOs and more effectively estimate take,
if appropriate data are available, BP
shall perform analysis of sightability
curves (detection functions) for
distance-based analyses.
g. BP should improve take estimates
and statistical inference into effects of
the activities by incorporating the
following measures:
i. Reported results from all hypothesis
tests should include estimates of the
associated statistical power when
practicable.
ii. Estimate and report uncertainty in
all take estimates. Uncertainty could be
expressed by the presentation of
confidence limits, a minimummaximum, posterior probability
distribution, etc.; the exact approach
would be selected based on the
sampling method and data available.
10. Reporting Requirements
The Holder of this Authorization is
required to:
a. A report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the end of the
proposed seismic survey. The report
will summarize all activities and
monitoring results conducted during inwater seismic surveys. The Technical
Report will include the following:
i. Summary of project start and end
dates, airgun activity, number of guns,
and the number and circumstances of
implementing ramp-up, power down,
shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
ii. Summaries of monitoring effort
(e.g., total hours, total distances, and
marine mammal distribution through
the study period, accounting for sea
state and other factors affecting
visibility and detectability of marine
mammals);
iii. Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number
of observers, and fog/glare);
iv. Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammal
sightings, including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender categories (if
determinable), and group sizes;
v. Analyses of the effects of survey
operations;
vi. Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without
seismic survey activities (and other
variables that could affect detectability),
such as:
A. Initial sighting distances versus
survey activity state;
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
21383
B. Closest point of approach versus
survey activity state;
C. Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus survey activity state;
D. Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus survey activity state;
E. Distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and
F. Estimates of exposures of marine
mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160
dB harassment zone.
b. The draft report will be subject to
review and comment by NMFS. Any
recommendations made by NMFS must
be addressed in the final report prior to
acceptance by NMFS. The draft report
will be considered the final report for
this activity under this Authorization if
NMFS has not provided comments and
recommendations within 90 days of
receipt of the draft report.
c. BP will present the results of the
fish and airgun sound study to NMFS in
a detailed report.
11. Notification of Dead or Injured
Marine Mammals
a. In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take
of a marine mammal in a manner
prohibited by the IHA, such as an injury
(Level A harassment), serious injury or
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
interaction, and/or entanglement), BP
would immediately cease the specified
activities and immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators.
The report would include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the
24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
• Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
21384
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by
NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
b. In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the cause
of the injury or death is unknown and
the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition
as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident
to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or
by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report
would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above.
Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances
of the incident. NMFS would work with
BP to determine whether modifications
in the activities are appropriate.
c. In the event that BP discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the activities authorized in the IHA
(e.g., previously wounded animal,
carcass with moderate to advanced
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:54 Apr 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
BP would report the incident to the
Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
Regional Stranding Coordinators, within
24 hours of the discovery. BP would
provide photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
12. Activities related to the
monitoring described in this IHA do not
require a separate scientific research
permit issued under section 104 of the
MMPA.
13. BP is required to comply with the
Reasonable and Prudent Measures and
Terms and Conditions of the Incidental
Take Statement (ITS) corresponding to
NMFS’ Biological Opinion.
14. A copy of this IHA and the ITS
must be in the possession of all
contractors and PSOs operating under
the authority of this IHA.
15. Penalties and Permit Sanctions:
Any person who violates any provision
of this Incidental Harassment
Authorization is subject to civil and
criminal penalties, permit sanctions,
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
and forfeiture as authorized under the
MMPA.
16. This Authorization may be
modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the Holder fails to abide by the
conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a
negligible impact on the species or stock
of affected marine mammals, or if there
is an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for
subsistence uses.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our
analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of
Proposed IHA for BP’s proposed 3D
OBS seismic survey in the Prudhoe Bay
area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during
the 2014 open-water season. Please
include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform our final decision on BP’s
request for an MMPA authorization.
Dated: April 8, 2014.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2014–08352 Filed 4–14–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\15APN2.SGM
15APN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 72 (Tuesday, April 15, 2014)]
[Notices]
[Pages 21353-21384]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-08352]
[[Page 21353]]
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 72
April 15, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to a 3D Seismic Survey in Prudhoe Bay,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 72 / Tuesday, April 15, 2014 /
Notices
[[Page 21354]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XD210
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a 3D Seismic Survey in Prudhoe Bay,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from BP Exploration (Alaska)
Inc. (BP) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take
marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to conducting an ocean-bottom
sensor seismic survey in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the
2014 open water season. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to
BP to incidentally take, by Level B harassment only, marine mammals
during the specified activity.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 15,
2014.
ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie
Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take Program, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox
address for providing email comments is ITP.Nachman@noaa.gov. NMFS is
not responsible for email comments sent to addresses other than the one
provided here. Comments sent via email, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information
(e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be
publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
An electronic copy of the application containing a list of the
references used in this document may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the Internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. Documents cited in this
notice may also be viewed, by appointment, during regular business
hours, at the aforementioned address.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Candace Nachman, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking, other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on the species or stock and its
habitat, and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and
reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible
impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as ``. . . an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.''
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: ``any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].''
Summary of Request
On December 30, 2013, NMFS received an application from BP for the
taking of marine mammals incidental to conducting a 3D ocean-bottom
sensor (OBS) seismic survey. NMFS determined that the application was
adequate and complete on February 14, 2014.
BP proposes to conduct a 3D OBS seismic survey with a transition
zone component on state and private lands and Federal and state waters
in the Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea during the open-water
season of 2014. The proposed activity would occur between July 1 and
September 30; however, airgun operations would cease on August 25. The
following specific aspects of the proposed activity are likely to
result in the take of marine mammals: airguns and pingers. Take, by
Level B harassment only, of 9 marine mammal species is anticipated to
result from the specified activity.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
BP's proposed OBS seismic survey would utilize sensors located on
the ocean bottom or buried below ground nearshore (surf zone) and
onshore. A total of two seismic source vessels will be used during the
proposed survey, each carrying two airgun sub-arrays. The discharge
volume of each airgun sub-array will not exceed 620 cubic inches
(in\3\). To limit the duration of the total survey, the source vessels
will be operating in a flip-flop mode (i.e., alternating shots); this
means that one vessel discharges airguns when the other vessel is
recharging. The program is proposed to be conducted during the 2014
open-water season.
The purpose of the proposed OBS seismic survey is to obtain
current, high-resolution seismic data to image existing reservoirs. The
data will increase BP's understanding of the reservoir, allowing for
more effective reservoir management. Existing datasets of the proposed
survey area include the 1985 Niakuk and 1990 Point McIntyre vibroseis
on ice surveys. Data from these two surveys were merged for
reprocessing in 2004. A complete set of OBS data has not previously
been acquired in the proposed survey area.
Dates and Duration
The planned start date of receiver deployment is approximately July
1, 2014, with seismic data acquisition beginning when open water
conditions allow. This has typically been around July 15. Seismic
survey data acquisition may take approximately 45 days to complete,
which includes downtime for weather and other circumstances. Seismic
data acquisition will occur on a 24-hour per day schedule with
staggered crew changes. Receiver retrieval and demobilization of
[[Page 21355]]
equipment and support crew will be completed by the end of September.
To limit potential impacts to the bowhead whale fall migration and
subsistence hunting, airgun operations will cease by midnight on August
25. Receiver and equipment retrieval and crew demobilization would
continue after airgun operations end but would be completed by
September 30. Therefore, the proposed dates for the IHA (if issued) are
July 1 through September 30, 2014.
Specified Geographic Region
The proposed seismic survey would occur in Federal and state waters
in the Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska. The seismic survey
project area lies mainly within the Prudhoe Bay Unit and also includes
portions of the Northstar, Dewline, and Duck Island Units, as well as
non-unit areas. Figures 1 and 2 in BP's application outline the
proposed seismic acquisition areas. The project area encompasses
approximately 190 mi\2\, comprised of approximately 129 mi\2\ in water
depths of 3 ft and greater, 28 mi\2\ in waters less than 3 ft deep, and
33 mi\2\ on land. The approximate boundaries of the project area are
between 70[deg]16' N. and 70[deg]31' N. and between 147[deg]52' W. and
148[deg]47' W. and include state and federal waters, as well as state
and private lands. Activity outside the 190 mi\2\ area may include
source vessels turning from one line to the other while using
mitigation guns, vessel transits, and project support and logistics.
Detailed Description of Activities
OBS seismic surveys are typically used to acquire 3D seismic data
in water that is too shallow for towed streamer operations or too deep
to have grounded ice in winter. Data acquired through this type of
survey will allow for the generation of a 3D sub-surface image of the
reservoir area. The generation of a 3D image requires the deployment of
many parallel receiver lines spaced close together over the area of
interest. The activities associated with the proposed OBS seismic
survey include equipment and personnel mobilization and demobilization,
housing and logistics, temporary support facilities, and seismic data
acquisition.
1. Equipment and Personnel Mobilization and Demobilization
Mobilization, demobilization, and support activities are primarily
planned to occur at West Dock, East Dock, and Endicott. Other existing
pads within the Prudhoe Bay Unit area may be utilized for equipment
staging or support as necessary. All vessels are expected to be
transported to the North Slope by truck. Any mobilization by truck does
not have the potential to take marine mammals. It is possible that one
of the vessels will be mobilized by sea past Barrow when ice conditions
allow. The vessels will be prepared at the seismic contractor's base in
Deadhorse, West Dock, or East Dock. Vessel preparation will include
assembly of navigation and source equipment, testing receiver
deployment and retrieval systems, loading recording and safety
equipment, and initial fueling. Once assembled, the systems (including
airguns) will be tested within the project area. Equipment will be
retrieved as part of the operations and during demobilization. Receiver
retrieval and demobilization of equipment and support crew will be
completed by the end of September.
2. Housing and Logistics
Approximately 220 people will be involved in the operation
including seismic crew, management, mechanics, and Protected Species
Observers (PSOs). Most of the crew will be accommodated at BP operated
camps or Deadhorse. Some offshore crew will be housed on vessels.
Personnel transportation between camps, pads, and support
facilities will take place by trucks and crew transport buses traveling
on existing gravel roads. This type of crew transfer does not have the
potential to take marine mammals. Shallow-water craft such as Zodiac-
type vessels and ARKTOS\TM\ (and Northstar hovercraft if needed and
available) will be used to transport equipment and crews to shallow
water and surf-zone areas of the survey area not accessible by road;
ARKTOS\TM\ will not be used in vegetated areas, including tundra.
Helicopters will be used to transport equipment and personnel to
onshore tundra areas, and crews on foot will deploy equipment onshore.
Trucks may also be used on the existing road system to transfer survey
equipment and crews to the onshore portions of the survey area
accessible by road and pads. Helicopter operations will be supported in
Deadhorse.
Up to 10,000 gallons of fuel (mostly ultra-low sulfur diesel and
small quantities of gasoline) may be temporarily stored on existing
pads to support survey activities. Fuel may be transported to locations
to refuel equipment. The vehicle transporting fuel to locations off
pads (helicopter, boat, tracked buggy, or truck) will supply the
necessary quantity of fuel at the time of transfer. Fueling of
equipment may occur in floodplains and near water to accommodate marine
and surf zone operations. All fueling will occur in accordance with
applicable regulations and BP spill prevention practices.
3. Support Facilities
West Dock, Endicott, and East Dock, as well as other existing
Prudhoe Bay Unit infrastructure, will be utilized for seismic staging,
crew transfers, resupply, and other support activities. Crew transfers
and resupply may also occur at other nearby vessel accessible locations
(e.g., by beaching) if needed. For protection from weather, vessels may
anchor near West Dock, near the barrier islands, or other nearshore
area locations.
Receivers (i.e., nodes placed into cache bags) to be transported by
helicopter via sling-load to the onsite project area for on-foot
deployment may be temporarily staged on tundra adjacent to pads. These
staging areas are not expected to exceed 200 ft by 200 ft and will be
rotated as practicable to minimize tundra disturbance.
Helicopter support for equipment and personnel transport is
scheduled to take place during one shift per 24-hour day. The
helicopter will be based at the Deadhorse airport. A few staging areas
may be strategically located at existing pads or gravel locations in
the Prudhoe Bay Unit to minimize flight time and weather exposure.
A temporary flexi-float dock may be located at West Dock to provide
support for vessel supply operations, personnel transfers, and
refueling. The dock size will be a maximum of 170 x 30 ft and will be
comprised of sections that will be fastened on location and secured
with spuds to the seafloor. If needed, a smaller temporary dock (up to
100 x 15 ft) may be used at Endicott for additional support during some
operations in the eastern project area. Minimal and temporary
disturbance to marine sediments is expected when docks are placed and
removed.
4. Seismic Data Acquisition
The proposed seismic survey will use sensors located on the ocean
bottom or buried below ground nearshore (surf zone) and onshore and is
described in more detail below. Sensors will be placed along north-
south oriented receiver lines, with a minimum line spacing of 1,320 ft.
The sound source will be submerged compressed airgun arrays towed
behind source vessels. Source lines will be oriented perpendicular to
receiver lines with typical minimum line spacing of 550 ft. In certain
situations, such as when lines have been modified to avoid cultural
sites, mitigate impacts to wildlife, or
[[Page 21356]]
due to bathymetry or geographic features, additional infill source and
receiver lines may be added to improve data imaging.
Equipment and Vessels: Equipment will include geophones/receivers,
airguns, nodes and batteries, helicopters, tracked drills, and vessels.
Table 1 here and in BP's application lists the number and type of
vessels and other vehicles anticipated to be used for the data
acquisition. In the event that a specific vehicle or vessel is not
available, a vehicle or vessel with similar parameters will be used.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15AP14.000
Navigation and Data Management: Surveyors will deploy up to three
navigation positioning base stations (survey control) onshore or on an
island and may mark receiver locations in advance of the lay-out crews.
Scouting of the project area and collecting bathymetry information
necessary to identify site-specific conditions, such as water depth in
near-shore areas will be performed prior to receiver deployment. A
Differential Global Positioning System will be used for navigation.
This navigation system connects to the onshore base stations and
remotely links the operating systems on the vessels. The navigation
system will display known obstructions, islands, identified areas of
sensitivity, and pre-plotted source and receiver line positions; this
information will be updated as necessary. The asset monitor will update
the positions of each vessel in the survey area every few seconds
providing the crew a quick display as to each vessel's position. Tide
gauges will also be temporarily installed in the operation area. Tide
gauges will be used to provide real-time water depth to ensure
operations occur in the prescribed water depths. The tide gauge
information will be input into the navigation system to provide real-
time assessment.
Receiver Deployment and Retrieval: The survey area has been
separated into three different zones based upon the different types of
receivers that will be used and the method of receiver deployment and
retrieval for that zone. Deployment and retrieval methods have been
designed to facilitate complete equipment retrieval at the end of the
survey. The three zones are: Offshore zone; surf zone; and onshore
zone. Details on operations in each zone are provided next.
The offshore zone is defined as waters of 3 ft or deeper. Receiver
boats will be used for the deployment and retrieval of receivers
(marine nodes) that will be placed in lines onto the ocean bottom at
about 110 ft spacing. Receivers will not be placed east of the Endicott
Main Production Island, and will therefore not be placed in mapped
concentrations of the Boulder Patch. Acoustic pingers will be deployed
on every second node to determine exact positions of the receivers. The
pingers transmit at frequencies ranging from about 19-36 kHz and have
an estimated source level of 188-193 dB re [mu]Pa at 1m.
The surf zone includes waters up to 6 ft deep along the coastline,
non-vegetated tidelands, and lands within the river delta areas that
are intermittently submerged with tidal, precipitation, and storm surge
events. ARKTOSTM and utility type vehicles equipped with a
bit of approximately 4-
[[Page 21357]]
inch diameter will be used to either drill or flush the receivers to
approximately 6 ft. Small vessels will then attach autonomous nodes to
the receivers. The nodes will be protected from the water either
through placement on specially designed floats anchored to the bottom
or on support poles. Support poles will primarily be used in water less
than 18 inches deep and in tidal surge areas to ensure that the nodes
stay above surface waters and prevent them from becoming inundated as a
result of fluctuating water levels. Receivers that are installed in the
seabed may require warm water flushing to facilitate removal.
The onshore zone is the vegetated area from the coastline inland.
Autonomous node receivers with geophones will be used in this area.
Helicopters will be the main method to transport land crews and
equipment. Equipment will be bagged, with each bag holding several
nodes. Multiple bags will be transported via sling load from the
staging area to the receiver lines and temporarily cached. Bag drop
zones will be 500 to 1,000 ft apart and will be cleared for the
presence of nesting birds prior to use. Crews on foot will walk from
bag to bag and lay out the equipment at the surveyed location. Vessels
may also be used to transport personnel and equipment to a staging area
on the beach, and vehicles may be used to transport personnel and
equipment along the road system. Zodiac-type boats may be used in large
lakes to deploy marine nodes. Boats, nodes, and crews will be
transported via helicopter to and from the lakes.
Nodes will be located on the ground surface, and the geophone(s)
will be inserted approximately 3 ft below ground surface. Geophone
installation will be either by hand using a planting pole or will be
inserted into 1.5 inch diameter holes made with a hand-held drill.
Support poles may be placed in lake margins and marshy areas of tundra
as needed to ensure the nodes stay above surface waters and prevent
them from becoming inundated as a result of fluctuating water levels.
If conditions allow, geophones may be installed in the Sagavanirktok
River Delta in early April until tundra closure using two tracked
utility vehicle and a support vehicle. Upon completion of data
acquisition and recording operations in a particular area, land crews
will retrieve the nodes. Activities that occur onshore are not
considered in the take assessment analysis in this proposed IHA.
Source Vessel Operations: A total of two seismic source vessels
will be used during the proposed survey. The source vessels will carry
an airgun array that consists of two sub-arrays, however, it is
possible that one of the source vessels will tow only one sub-array.
The discharge volume of the sub-array will not exceed 620 in\3\. Each
sub-array consists of eight airguns (2 x 110, 2 x 90, 2 x 70, and 2 x
40 in\3\) totaling 16 guns for the two sub-arrays with a total
discharge volume of 2 x 620 in\3\, or 1240 in\3\. The 620 in\3\ sub-
array has an estimated source level of ~218 decibels referenced to 1
microPascal root mean squared (dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms) at 1 meter from the
source. The estimated source level of the two sub-arrays combined is
~224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. In the shallowest areas, only one sub-array
may be used for a given source vessel. Table 2 here and in BP's
application summarizes the acoustic properties of the proposed airgun
array. The smallest gun in the array (40 in\3\) or a separate 10 in\3\
airgun will be used for mitigation purposes.
The airgun sub-arrays will be towed at a distance of approximately
50 ft from the source vessel's stern at depths ranging from
approximately 3 to 6 ft, depending on water depth and sea conditions.
The source vessels will travel along pre-determined lines with a speed
varying from 1 to 5 knots, mainly depending on the water depth.
To limit the duration of the total survey, the source vessels will
be operating in flip-flop mode (i.e., alternating shots); this means
that one vessel discharges airguns when the other vessel is recharging.
In some instances, only one source vessel will be operating, while the
second source vessel will be engaged in refueling, maintenance, or
other activities that do not require the operation of airguns. The
expected shot interval for each source will be 10 to 12 seconds,
resulting in a shot every 5 to 6 seconds due to the flip-flop mode of
operation. The exact shot intervals will depend on the compressor
capacity, which determines the time needed for the airguns to be
recharged. Data will record autonomously on the nodes placed offshore,
in the surf zone, and onshore and may be periodically checked for
quality control.
Table 2--Proposed Airgun Array Configuration and Sound Source Signatures
as Predicted by the Gundalf Airgun Array Model for 2 m Depth
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Array specifics 620 in\3\ array 1240 in\3\ array
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of guns.............. Eight 2000 psi Sixteen 2000 psi
sleeve airguns (2 x sleeve airguns (4 x
110, 2 x 90, 2 x 110, 4 x 90, 4 x
70, and 2 x 40 70, and 4 x 40
in\3\) in one array. in\3\), equally
divided over two
sub-arrays of eight
guns each.
Zero to peak................ 6.96 bar-m (~237 dB 13.8 bar-m (~249 dB
re [mu]Pa @1 m). re 1 [mu]Pa @1 m).
Peak to peak................ 14.9 bar-m (~243 dB 29.8 bar-m (~243 dB
re [mu]Pa @1 m). re 1 [mu]Pa @1 m).
RMS pressure................ 0.82 bar-m (~218 dB 1.65 bar-m (~224 dB
re [mu]Pa @1 m). re 1 [mu]Pa @1 m).
Dominant frequencies........ Typically less than Typically less than
1 kHz. 1 kHz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
The Beaufort Sea supports a diverse assemblage of marine mammals.
Table 3 lists the 12 marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Species With Confirmed or Possible Occurrence in the Proposed Seismic Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common name Scientific name Status Occurrence Seasonality Range Abundance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odontocetes:
Beluga whale (Beaufort Sea Delphinapterus ................... Common............. Mostly spring and Russia to Canada... 39,258
stock). leucas. fall with some in
summer.
[[Page 21358]]
Killer whale................. Orcinus orca........ ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 552
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Harbor porpoise.............. Phocoena phocoena... ................... Occasional/ Mostly summer and California to 48,215
Extralimital. early fall. Alaska.
Narwhal...................... Monodon monoceros... ................... ................... ................... ................... 45,358
Mysticetes:
Bowhead whale................ Balaena mysticetus.. Endangered; Common............. Mostly spring and Russia to Canada... 16,892
Depleted. fall with some in
summer.
Gray whale................... Eschrichtius ................... Somewhat common.... Mostly summer...... Mexico to the U.S. 19,126
robustus. Arctic Ocean.
Minke whale.................. Balaenoptera ................... ................... ................... ................... 810-1,003
acutorostrata.
Humpback whale (Central North Megaptera Endangered; ................... ................... ................... 21,063
Pacific stock). novaeangliae. Depleted.
Pinnipeds:
Bearded seal (Beringia Erigathus barbatus.. Threatened; Common............. Spring and summer.. Bering, Chukchi, 155,000
distinct population segment). Depleted. and Beaufort Seas.
Ringed seal (Arctic stock)... Phoca hispida....... Threatened; Common............. Year round......... Bering, Chukchi, 300,000
Depleted. and Beaufort Seas.
Spotted seal................. Phoca largha........ ................... Common............. Summer............. Japan to U.S. 141,479
Arctic Ocean.
Ribbon seal.................. Histriophoca Species of concern. Occasional......... Summer............. Russia to U.S. 49,000
fasciata. Arctic Ocean.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Endangered, threatened, or species of concern under the Endangered Species Act (ESA); Depleted under the MMPA.
The highlighted (grayed out) species in Table 3 are so rarely
sighted in the central Alaskan Beaufort Sea that their presence in the
proposed project area, and therefore take, is unlikely. Minke whales
are relatively common in the Bering and southern Chukchi seas and have
recently also been sighted in the northeastern Chukchi Sea (Aerts et
al., 2013; Clarke et al., 2013). Minke whales are rare in the Beaufort
Sea. They have not been reported in the Beaufort Sea during the Bowhead
Whale Aerial Survey Project/Aerial Surveys of Arctic Marine Mammals
(BWASP/ASAMM) surveys (Clarke et al., 2011, 2012; 2013; Monnet and
Treacy, 2005), and there was only one observation in 2007 during
vessel-based surveys in the region (Funk et al., 2010). Humpback whales
have not generally been found in the Arctic Ocean. However, subsistence
hunters have spotted humpback whales in low numbers around Barrow, and
there have been several confirmed sightings of humpback whales in the
northeastern Chukchi Sea in recent years (Aerts et al., 2013; Clarke et
al., 2013). The first confirmed sighting of a humpback whale in the
Beaufort Sea was recorded in August 2007 (Hashagen et al., 2009) when a
cow and calf were observed 54 mi east of Point Barrow. No additional
sightings have been documented in the Beaufort Sea. Narwhal are common
in the waters of northern Canada, west Greenland, and in the European
Arctic, but rarely occur in the Beaufort Sea (COSEWIC, 2004). Only a
handful of sightings have occurred in Alaskan waters (Allen and
Angliss, 2013). These three species are not considered further in this
proposed IHA notice. Both the walrus and the polar bear could occur in
the U.S. Beaufort Sea; however, these species are managed by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in
this Notice of Proposed IHA.
The Beaufort Sea is a main corridor of the bowhead whale migration
route. The main migration periods occur in spring from April to June
and in fall from late August/early September through October to early
November. During the fall migration, several locations in the U.S.
Beaufort Sea serve as feeding grounds for bowhead whales. Small numbers
of bowhead whales that remain in the U.S. Arctic Ocean during summer
also feed in these areas. The U.S. Beaufort Sea is not a main feeding
or calving area for any other cetacean species. Ringed seals breed and
pup in the Beaufort Sea; however, this does not occur during the summer
or early fall. Further information on the biology and local
distribution of these species can be found in BP's application (see
ADDRESSES) and the NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports, which
are available online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the
types of stressors associated with the specified activity (e.g.,
seismic airgun and pinger operation, vessel movement) have been
observed to or are thought to impact marine mammals. This section may
include a discussion of known effects that do not rise to the level of
an MMPA take (for example, with acoustics, we may include a discussion
of studies that showed animals not reacting at all to sound or
exhibiting barely measurable avoidance). The discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to rise to the level of a take and
those that we do not consider to rise to the level of a take. This
section is intended as a background of potential effects and does not
consider either the specific manner in which this activity will be
carried out or the mitigation that will be implemented or how either of
those will shape the anticipated impacts from this specific activity.
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this
document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of
individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how
this specific activity will impact marine mammals and will consider the
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the ``Anticipated
Effects on
[[Page 21359]]
Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw conclusions regarding the
likely impacts of this activity on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and from that on the affected marine mammal
populations or stocks.
Background on Sound
Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's
pitch and is measured in hertz (Hz) or kilohertz (kHz), while sound
level describes the sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB).
Sound level increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of
change. The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB
increase is a 10-fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase
is then a 100-fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic
power does not mean that the sound is perceived as being 10 times
louder, however. Sound levels are compared to a reference sound
pressure (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium. For air and water,
these reference pressures are ``re: 20 [mu]Pa'' and ``re: 1 [mu]Pa,''
respectively. Root mean square (RMS) is the quadratic mean sound
pressure over the duration of an impulse. RMS is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick, 1975). RMS accounts for both
positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values
positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure
levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in
the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part, because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units rather than by peak pressures.
Acoustic Impacts
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using
auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) to designate ``functional hearing groups'' for
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. The functional groups and the
associated frequencies are indicated below (though animals are less
sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their functional range and
most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a smaller range
somewhere in the middle of their functional hearing range):
Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
30 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species
of cephalorhynchids): functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
Phocid pinnipeds in Water: functional hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz; and
Otariid pinnipeds in Water: functional hearing is
estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, nine marine mammal
species (five cetaceans and four phocid pinnipeds) may occur in the
proposed seismic survey area. Of the five cetacean species likely to
occur in the proposed project area and for which take is requested, two
are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., bowhead and gray
whales), two are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., beluga
and killer whales), and one is classified as a high-frequency cetacean
(i.e., harbor porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A species functional
hearing group is a consideration when we analyze the effects of
exposure to sound on marine mammals.
1. Tolerance
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industry
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water
at distances of many kilometers. Numerous studies have also shown that
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show
no apparent response to industry activities of various types (Miller et
al., 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006). This is often true even in cases
when the sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on
measured received levels and the hearing sensitivity of that mammal
group. Although various baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less
frequently) pinnipeds have been shown to react behaviorally to
underwater sound such as airgun pulses or vessels under some
conditions, at other times mammals of all three types have shown no
overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; Richardson et al., 1995;
Madsen and Mohl, 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs and Terhune, 2002;
Madsen et al., 2002; Miller et al., 2005). Weir (2008) observed marine
mammal responses to seismic pulses from a 24 airgun array firing a
total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 in\3\ in Angolan waters
between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir recorded a total of 207
sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm whales (n = 124), and
Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported that there were no
significant differences in encounter rates (sightings/hr) for humpback
and sperm whales according to the airgun array's operational status
(i.e., active versus silent). The airgun arrays used in the Weir (2008)
study were much larger than the array proposed for use during this
seismic survey (total discharge volumes of 620 to 1,240 in\3\). In
general, pinnipeds and small odontocetes seem to be more tolerant of
exposure to some types of underwater sound than are baleen whales.
Richardson et al. (1995) found that vessel noise does not seem to
strongly affect pinnipeds that are already in the water. Richardson et
al. (1995) went on to explain that seals on haul-outs sometimes respond
strongly to the presence of vessels and at other times appear to show
considerable tolerance of vessels.
2. Masking
Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds,
often at similar frequencies. Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a
variety of purposes, which differ among species, but include
communication between individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction,
avoiding predators, and learning about their environment (Erbe and
Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 2000). Masking, or auditory interference,
generally occurs when sounds in the environment are louder than, and of
a similar frequency as, auditory signals an animal is trying to
receive. Masking is a phenomenon that affects animals that are trying
to receive acoustic information about their environment, including
sounds from other members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds
that allow them to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic
signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of
animals, or entire populations.
[[Page 21360]]
Masking occurs when anthropogenic sounds and signals (that the
animal utilizes) overlap at both spectral and temporal scales. For the
airgun sound generated from the proposed seismic survey, sound will
consist of low frequency (under 500 Hz) pulses with extremely short
durations (less than one second). Lower frequency man-made sounds are
more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. There
is little concern regarding masking near the sound source due to the
brief duration of these pulses and relatively longer silence between
airgun shots (approximately 5-6 seconds). However, at long distances
(over tens of kilometers away), due to multipath propagation and
reverberation, the durations of airgun pulses can be ``stretched'' to
seconds with long decays (Madsen et al., 2006), although the intensity
of the sound is greatly reduced.
This could affect communication signals used by low frequency
mysticetes when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009) and cause
increased stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2009).
Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by
adjusting their acoustic behavior by shifting call frequencies, and/or
increasing call volume and vocalization rates. For example, blue whales
are found to increase call rates when exposed to seismic survey noise
in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 2010). The North
Atlantic right whales exposed to high shipping noise increase call
frequency (Parks et al., 2007), while some humpback whales respond to
low-frequency active sonar playbacks by increasing song length (Miller
el al., 2000). Bowhead whale calls are frequently detected in the
presence of seismic pulses, although the number of calls detected may
sometimes be reduced (Richardson et al., 1986; Greene et al., 1999),
possibly because animals moved away from the sound source or ceased
calling (Blackwell et al., 2013). Additionally, beluga whales have been
known to change their vocalizations in the presence of high background
noise possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et al.,
1999; Scheifele et al., 2005). Although some degree of masking is
inevitable when high levels of manmade broadband sounds are introduced
into the sea, marine mammals have evolved systems and behavior that
function to reduce the impacts of masking. Structured signals, such as
the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales, may be
readily detected even in the presence of strong background noise
because their frequency content and temporal features usually differ
strongly from those of the background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990).
The components of background noise that are similar in frequency to the
sound signal in question primarily determine the degree of masking of
that signal.
Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions,
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale,
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and
Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales, and probably other marine mammals as
well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can
facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise.
There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant
frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a
lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species are
known to increase the source levels or alter the frequency of their
calls in the presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au,
1993; Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004;
Parks et al., 2007, 2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009).
These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at
higher frequencies. Directional hearing has been demonstrated at
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995). This ability may be useful in
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales,
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the
effects of such masking.
3. Behavioral Disturbance
Marine mammals may behaviorally react when exposed to anthropogenic
sound. These behavioral reactions are often shown as: changing
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g.,
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
The biological significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected
disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral
modification have the potential to be biologically significant if the
change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Examples of
significant behavioral modifications include:
Drastic change in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those
thought to be causing beaked whale stranding due to exposure to
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic
environment; and
Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise
depends on both external factors (characteristics of
[[Page 21361]]
noise sources and their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing,
motivation, experience, demography, current activity, reproductive
state) and is also difficult to predict (Gordon et al., 2004; Southall
et al., 2007; Ellison et al., 2011).
Mysticetes: Baleen whales generally tend to avoid operating
airguns, but avoidance radii are quite variable. Whales are often
reported to show no overt reactions to pulses from large arrays of
airguns at distances beyond a few kilometers, even though the airgun
pulses remain well above ambient noise levels out to much greater
distances (Miller et al., 2005). However, baleen whales exposed to
strong noise pulses often react by deviating from their normal
migration route (Richardson et al., 1999). Migrating gray and bowhead
whales were observed avoiding the sound source by displacing their
migration route to varying degrees but within the natural boundaries of
the migration corridors (Schick and Urban, 2000; Richardson et al.,
1999; Malme et al., 1983). Baleen whale responses to pulsed sound
however may depend on the type of activity in which the whales are
engaged. Some evidence suggests that feeding bowhead whales may be more
tolerant of underwater sound than migrating bowheads (Miller et al.,
2005; Lyons et al., 2009; Christie et al., 2010).
Results of studies of gray, bowhead, and humpback whales have
determined that received levels of pulses in the 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms range seem to cause obvious avoidance behavior in a substantial
fraction of the animals exposed. In many areas, seismic pulses from
large arrays of airguns diminish to those levels at distances ranging
from 2.8-9 mi (4.5-14.5 km) from the source. For the much smaller
airgun array used during BP's proposed survey (total discharge volume
of 640 in\3\), distances to received levels in the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
rms range are estimated to be 0.5-3 mi (0.8-5 km). Baleen whales within
those distances may show avoidance or other strong disturbance
reactions to the airgun array. Subtle behavioral changes sometimes
become evident at somewhat lower received levels, and recent studies
have shown that some species of baleen whales, notably bowhead and
humpback whales, at times show strong avoidance at received levels
lower than 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. Bowhead whales migrating west
across the Alaskan Beaufort Sea in autumn, in particular, are unusually
responsive, with avoidance occurring out to distances of 12.4-18.6 mi
(20-30 km) from a medium-sized airgun source (Miller et al., 1999;
Richardson et al., 1999). However, more recent research on bowhead
whales (Miller et al., 2005) corroborates earlier evidence that, during
the summer feeding season, bowheads are not as sensitive to seismic
sources. In summer, bowheads typically begin to show avoidance
reactions at a received level of about 160-170 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms
(Richardson et al., 1986; Ljungblad et al., 1988; Miller et al., 2005).
Malme et al. (1986, 1988) studied the responses of feeding eastern
gray whales to pulses from a single 100 in\3\ airgun off St. Lawrence
Island in the northern Bering Sea. They estimated, based on small
sample sizes, that 50% of feeding gray whales ceased feeding at an
average received pressure level of 173 dB re 1 [mu]Pa on an
(approximate) rms basis, and that 10% of feeding whales interrupted
feeding at received levels of 163 dB. Those findings were generally
consistent with the results of experiments conducted on larger numbers
of gray whales that were migrating along the California coast and on
observations of the distribution of feeding Western Pacific gray whales
off Sakhalin Island, Russia, during a seismic survey (Yazvenko et al.,
2007).
Data on short-term reactions (or lack of reactions) of cetaceans to
impulsive noises do not necessarily provide information about long-term
effects. While it is not certain whether impulsive noises affect
reproductive rate or distribution and habitat use in subsequent days or
years, certain species have continued to use areas ensonified by
airguns and have continued to increase in number despite successive
years of anthropogenic activity in the area. Gray whales continued to
migrate annually along the west coast of North America despite
intermittent seismic exploration and much ship traffic in that area for
decades (Appendix A in Malme et al., 1984). Bowhead whales continued to
travel to the eastern Beaufort Sea each summer despite seismic
exploration in their summer and autumn range for many years (Richardson
et al., 1987). Populations of both gray whales and bowhead whales grew
substantially during this time. In any event, the proposed survey will
occur in summer (July through late August) when most bowhead whales are
commonly feeding in the Mackenzie River Delta, Canada.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported fewer behavioral responses to
aircraft overflights by bowhead compared to beluga whales. Behaviors
classified as reactions consisted of short surfacings, immediate dives
or turns, changes in behavior state, vigorous swimming, and breaching.
Most bowhead reaction resulted from exposure to helicopter activity and
little response to fixed-wing aircraft was observed. Most reactions
occurred when the helicopter was at altitudes <=492 ft (150 m) and
lateral distances <=820 ft (250 m; Nowacek et al., 2007).
During their study, Patenaude et al. (2002) observed one bowhead
whale cow-calf pair during four passes totaling 2.8 hours of the
helicopter and two pairs during Twin Otter overflights. All of the
helicopter passes were at altitudes of 49-98 ft (15-30 m). The mother
dove both times she was at the surface, and the calf dove once out of
the four times it was at the surface. For the cow-calf pair sightings
during Twin Otter overflights, the authors did not note any behaviors
specific to those pairs. Rather, the reactions of the cow-calf pairs
were lumped with the reactions of other groups that did not consist of
calves.
Richardson et al. (1995) and Moore and Clarke (2002) reviewed a few
studies that observed responses of gray whales to aircraft. Cow-calf
pairs were quite sensitive to a turboprop survey flown at 1,000 ft (305
m) altitude on the Alaskan summering grounds. In that survey, adults
were seen swimming over the calf, or the calf swam under the adult
(Ljungblad et al., 1983, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). However, when the same aircraft circled for more than 10
minutes at 1,050 ft (320 m) altitude over a group of mating gray
whales, no reactions were observed (Ljungblad et al., 1987, cited in
Moore and Clarke, 2002). Malme et al. (1984, cited in Richardson et
al., 1995 and Moore and Clarke, 2002) conducted playback experiments on
migrating gray whales. They exposed the animals to underwater noise
recorded from a Bell 212 helicopter (estimated altitude=328 ft [100
m]), at an average of three simulated passes per minute. The authors
observed that whales changed their swimming course and sometimes slowed
down in response to the playback sound but proceeded to migrate past
the transducer. Migrating gray whales did not react overtly to a Bell
212 helicopter at greater than 1,394 ft (425 m) altitude, occasionally
reacted when the helicopter was at 1,000-1,198 ft (305-365 m), and
usually reacted when it was below 825 ft (250 m; Southwest Research
Associates, 1988, cited in Richardson et al., 1995 and Moore and
Clarke, 2002). Reactions noted in that study included abrupt turns or
dives or both. Green et al. (1992, cited in Richardson et al., 1995)
observed that migrating gray whales rarely exhibited noticeable
reactions to a straight-line overflight by a Twin Otter at 197 ft (60
m) altitude.
[[Page 21362]]
Odontocetes: Few systematic data are available describing reactions
of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work on sperm
whales is underway (Tyack et al., 2003), and there is an increasing
amount of information about responses of various odontocetes to seismic
surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al.,
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005). Miller et al. (2009) conducted at-sea
experiments where reactions of sperm whales were monitored through the
use of controlled sound exposure experiments from large airgun arrays
consisting of 20-guns and 31-guns. Of 8 sperm whales observed, none
changed their behavior when exposed to either a ramp-up at 4-8 mi (7-13
km) or full array exposures at 0.6-8 mi (1-13 km).
Seismic operators and marine mammal observers sometimes see
dolphins and other small toothed whales near operating airgun arrays,
but, in general, there seems to be a tendency for most delphinids to
show some limited avoidance of seismic vessels operating large airgun
systems. However, some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic
vessel and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel
even when large arrays of airguns are firing. Nonetheless, there have
been indications that small toothed whales sometimes move away or
maintain a somewhat greater distance from the vessel when a large array
of airguns is operating than when it is silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;
Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003). The beluga may be a species
that (at least in certain geographic areas) shows long-distance
avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys during seismic operations
in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded much lower sighting rates of
beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) of an active seismic
vessel. These results were consistent with the low number of beluga
sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic vessel, suggesting
that some belugas might have been avoiding the seismic operations at
distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et al., 2005).
Captive bottlenose dolphins and (of more relevance in this project)
beluga whales exhibit changes in behavior when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds similar in duration to those typically used in seismic surveys
(Finneran et al., 2002, 2005). However, the animals tolerated high
received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone,
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). Killer whales were found to be
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of
shooting compared with periods of no shooting. The displacement of the
median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting
in deeper water.
Reactions of toothed whales to large arrays of airguns are variable
and, at least for delphinids, seem to be confined to a smaller radius
than has been observed for mysticetes. However, based on the limited
existing evidence, belugas should not be grouped with delphinids in the
``less responsive'' category.
Patenaude et al. (2002) reported that beluga whales appeared to be
more responsive to aircraft overflights than bowhead whales. Changes
were observed in diving and respiration behavior, and some whales
veered away when a helicopter passed at <=820 ft (250 m) lateral
distance at altitudes up to 492 ft (150 m). However, some belugas
showed no reaction to the helicopter. Belugas appeared to show less
response to fixed-wing aircraft than to helicopter overflights.
Pinnipeds: Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance
reaction to the airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from
seismic vessels has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by
pinnipeds and only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work
in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable
information regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to
seismic pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These
seismic projects usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total
volumes of 560 to 1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some
seals avoid the immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey
years, ringed seal sightings tended to be farther away from the seismic
vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not (Moulton
and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were relatively
small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of meters, and
many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the trackline as
the operating airgun array passed by. Seal sighting rates at the water
surface were lower during airgun array operations than during no-airgun
periods in each survey year except 1997. Similarly, seals are often
very tolerant of pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices (Mate and
Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).
However, initial telemetry work suggests that avoidance and other
behavioral reactions by two other species of seals to small airgun
sources may at times be stronger than evident to date from visual
studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 1998). Even
if reactions of the species occurring in the present study area are as
strong as those evident in the telemetry study, reactions are expected
to be confined to relatively small distances and durations, with no
long-term effects on pinniped individuals or populations.
Blackwell et al. (2004) observed 12 ringed seals during low-
altitude overflights of a Bell 212 helicopter at Northstar in June and
July 2000 (9 observations took place concurrent with pipe-driving
activities). One seal showed no reaction to the aircraft while the
remaining 11 (92%) reacted, either by looking at the helicopter (n=10)
or by departing from their basking site (n=1). Blackwell et al. (2004)
concluded that none of the reactions to helicopters were strong or long
lasting, and that seals near Northstar in June and July 2000 probably
had habituated to industrial sounds and visible activities that had
occurred often during the preceding winter and spring. There have been
few systematic studies of pinniped reactions to aircraft overflights,
and most of the available data concern pinnipeds hauled out on land or
ice rather than pinnipeds in the water (Richardson et al., 1995; Born
et al., 1999).
4. Threshold Shift (Noise-induced Loss of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must
be louder for an animal to detect them) following exposure to an
intense sound or sound for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-
induced threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last
from minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can
occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a
temporary loss of hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and
10 kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's
hearing sensitivity might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced
by 30 dB). PTS is permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can
also occur in a specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above
for TTS.
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role
[[Page 21363]]
in inducing auditory TS: effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear,
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al.,
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound,
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997).
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial
mammals (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of the proposed seismic
survey, animals are not expected to be exposed to sound levels high for
a long enough period to result in PTS.
PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007).
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
Although the published body of scientific literature contains
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in nonhuman animals. For
marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose
dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise
(Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b, 2003, 2005a, 2007, 2010a, 2010b;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a,
2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et
al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data
are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an elephant seal,
and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et al.,
2012b).
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to serious
(similar to those discussed in auditory masking, below). For example, a
marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, relatively
small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that occurs
during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and longer
duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is critical
for successful mother/calf interactions could have more serious
impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the effects
of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is considered
generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. Of note,
reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa (Southall
et al., 2007), so we can infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though likely not without cost.
Marine mammals are unlikely to be exposed to received levels of
seismic pulses strong enough to cause more than slight TTS, and, given
the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS, it is even less
likely that PTS could occur as a result of the proposed seismic survey.
5. Non-Auditory Physical Effects
Non-auditory physical effects might occur in marine mammals exposed
to strong underwater sound. Possible types of non-auditory
physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in
mammals close to a strong sound source include stress, neurological
effects, bubble formation, and other types of organ or tissue damage.
Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially
susceptible to injury and/or stranding when exposed to strong pulsed
sounds.
Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle,
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses;
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune
responses.
In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system,
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or
may not have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal
system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the hypothalamus-
pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress
responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress--including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by
pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg,
1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced
immune competence (Blecha, 2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases
in the circulation of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone,
and aldosterone in marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been
equated with stress for many years.
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and
[[Page 21364]]
distress is the biotic cost of the response. During a stress response,
an animal uses glycogen stores that can be quickly replenished once the
stress is alleviated. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress
response would not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response, energy resources must be diverted
from other biotic functions, which impair those functions that
experience the diversion. For example, when mounting a stress response
diverts energy away from growth in young animals, those animals may
experience stunted growth. When mounting a stress response diverts
energy from a fetus, an animal's reproductive success and fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will have entered a pre-
pathological or pathological state which is called ``distress'' (sensu
Seyle, 1950) or ``allostatic loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield,
2003). This pathological state will last until the animal replenishes
its biotic reserves sufficient to restore normal function. Note that
these examples involved a long-term (days or weeks) stress response
exposure to stimuli.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al.,
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004;
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and,
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance.
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b)
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner
ears of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment and communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, we assume that reducing a marine mammal's ability to gather
information about its environment and communicate with other members of
its species would induce stress, based on data that terrestrial animals
exhibit those responses under similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and
because marine mammals use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism.
Therefore, we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger
onset PTS or TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress
responses. More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover
from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also assumes that stress
responses could persist beyond the time interval required for animals
to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral
responses to TTS.
Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses. Additionally, no
beaked whale species occur in the proposed project area.
In general, very little is known about the potential for strong,
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large
arrays of airguns, which are not proposed for use during this program.
In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral avoidance of industry
activities, including bowheads, belugas, and some pinnipeds, are
especially unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical
effects.
6. Stranding and Mortality
Marine mammals close to underwater detonations of high explosive
can be killed or severely injured, and the auditory organs are
especially susceptible to injury (Ketten et al., 1993; Ketten, 1995).
Airgun pulses are less energetic and their peak amplitudes have slower
rise times. To date, there is no evidence that serious injury, death,
or stranding by marine mammals can occur from exposure to airgun
pulses, even in the case of large airgun arrays. Additionally, BP's
project will use medium sized airgun arrays in shallow water. NMFS does
not expect any marine mammals will incur serious injury or mortality in
the shallow waters of Prudhoe Bay or strand as a result of the proposed
seismic survey.
7. Potential Effects From Pingers on Marine Mammals
Active acoustic sources other than the airguns have been proposed
for BP's 2014 seismic survey in Prudhoe Bay, Beaufort Sea, Alaska. The
specifications for the pingers (source levels and frequency ranges)
were provided earlier in this document. In general, the potential
effects of this equipment on marine mammals are similar to those from
the airguns, except the magnitude of the impacts is expected to be much
less due to the lower intensity of the source.
Vessel Impacts
Vessel activity and noise associated with vessel activity will
temporarily increase in the action area during BP's seismic survey as a
result of the operation of 8-10 vessels. To minimize the effects of
vessels and noise associated with vessel activity, BP will alter speed
if a marine mammal gets too
[[Page 21365]]
close to a vessel. In addition, source vessels will be operating at
slow speed (1-5 knots) when conducting surveys. Marine mammal
monitoring observers will alert vessel captains as animals are detected
to ensure safe and effective measures are applied to avoid coming into
direct contact with marine mammals. Therefore, NMFS neither anticipates
nor authorizes takes of marine mammals from ship strikes.
McCauley et al. (1996) reported several cases of humpback whales
responding to vessels in Hervey Bay, Australia. Results indicated clear
avoidance at received levels between 118 to 124 dB in three cases for
which response and received levels were observed/measured.
Palka and Hammond (2001) analyzed line transect census data in
which the orientation and distance off transect line were reported for
large numbers of minke whales. The authors developed a method to
account for effects of animal movement in response to sighting
platforms. Minor changes in locomotion speed, direction, and/or diving
profile were reported at ranges from 1,847 to 2,352 ft (563 to 717 m)
at received levels of 110 to 120 dB.
Odontocetes, such as beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor
porpoises, often show tolerance to vessel activity; however, they may
react at long distances if they are confined by ice, shallow water, or
were previously harassed by vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Beluga
whale response to vessel noise varies greatly from tolerance to extreme
sensitivity depending on the activity of the whale and previous
experience with vessels (Richardson et al., 1995). Reactions to vessels
depends on whale activities and experience, habitat, boat type, and
boat behavior (Richardson et al., 1995) and may include behavioral
responses, such as altered headings or avoidance (Blane and Jaakson,
1994; Erbe and Farmer, 2000); fast swimming; changes in vocalizations
(Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005); and changes in dive,
surfacing, and respiration patterns.
There are few data published on pinniped responses to vessel
activity, and most of the information is anecdotal (Richardson et al.,
1995). Generally, sea lions in water show tolerance to close and
frequently approaching vessels and sometimes show interest in fishing
vessels. They are less tolerant when hauled out on land; however, they
rarely react unless the vessel approaches within 100-200 m (330-660 ft;
reviewed in Richardson et al., 1995).
The addition of 8-10 vessels and noise due to vessel operations
associated with the seismic survey is not expected to have effects that
could cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat and other
marine species are associated with elevated sound levels produced by
airguns and other active acoustic sources. However, other potential
impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also
possible. This section describes the potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat from the specified activity. Because the marine mammals in the
area feed on fish and/or invertebrates there is also information on the
species typically preyed upon by the marine mammals in the area.
Common Marine Mammal Prey in the Project Area
All of the marine mammal species that may occur in the proposed
project area prey on either marine fish or invertebrates. The ringed
seal feeds on fish and a variety of benthic species, including crabs
and shrimp. Bearded seals feed mainly on benthic organisms, primarily
crabs, shrimp, and clams. Spotted seals feed on pelagic and demersal
fish, as well as shrimp and cephalopods. They are known to feed on a
variety of fish including herring, capelin, sand lance, Arctic cod,
saffron cod, and sculpins. Ribbon seals feed primarily on pelagic fish
and invertebrates, such as shrimp, crabs, squid, octopus, cod, sculpin,
pollack, and capelin. Juveniles feed mostly on krill and shrimp.
Bowhead whales feed in the eastern Beaufort Sea during summer and
early autumn but continue feeding to varying degrees while on their
migration through the central and western Beaufort Sea in the late
summer and fall (Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002). When feeding in
relatively shallow areas, bowheads feed throughout the water column.
However, feeding is concentrated at depths where zooplankton is
concentrated (Wursig et al., 1984, 1989; Richardson [ed.], 1987;
Griffiths et al., 2002). Lowry and Sheffield (2002) found that copepods
and euphausiids were the most common prey found in stomach samples from
bowhead whales harvested in the Kaktovik area from 1979 to 2000. Areas
to the east of Barter Island (which is approximately 120 mi east of
BP's proposed seismic area) appear to be used regularly for feeding as
bowhead whales migrate slowly westward across the Beaufort Sea (Thomson
and Richardson, 1987; Richardson and Thomson [eds.], 2002).
Recent articles and reports have noted bowhead whales feeding in
several areas of the U.S. Beaufort Sea. The Barrow area is commonly
used as a feeding area during spring and fall, with a higher proportion
of photographed individuals displaying evidence of feeding in fall
rather than spring (Mocklin, 2009). A bowhead whale feeding ``hotspot''
(Okkonen et al., 2011) commonly forms on the western Beaufort Sea shelf
off Point Barrow in late summer and fall. Favorable conditions
concentrate euphausiids and copepods, and bowhead whales congregate to
exploit the dense prey (Ashjian et al., 2010, Moore et al., 2010;
Okkonen et al., 2011). Surveys have also noted bowhead whales feeding
in the Camden Bay area during the fall (Koski and Miller, 2009;
Quakenbush et al., 2010).
The 2006-2008 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011a) and the
2009 BWASP Final Report (Clarke et al., 2011b) note sightings of
feeding bowhead whales in the Beaufort Sea during the fall season.
During that 4 year period, the largest groups of feeding whales were
sighted between Smith Bay and Point Barrow (hundreds of miles to the
west of Prudhoe Bay), and none were sighted feeding in Camden Bay
(Clarke et al., 2011a,b). Clarke and Ferguson (undated) examined the
raw BWASP data from the years 2000-2009. They noted that feeding
behavior was noted more often in September than October and that while
bowheads were observed feeding throughout the study area (which
includes the entire U.S. Beaufort Sea), sightings were less frequent in
the central Alaskan Beaufort than they were east of Kaktovik and west
of Smith Bay. Additionally, Clarke and Ferguson (undated) and Clarke et
al. (2011b) refer to information from Ashjian et al. (2010), which
describes the importance of wind-driven currents that produce favorable
feeding conditions for bowhead whales in the area between Smith Bay and
Point Barrow. Increased winds in that area may be increasing the
incidence of upwelling, which in turn may be the reason for increased
sightings of feeding bowheads in the area. Clarke and Ferguson
(undated) also note that the incidence of feeding bowheads in the
eastern Alaskan Beaufort Sea has decreased since the early 1980s.
Beluga whales feed on a variety of fish, shrimp, squid and octopus
(Burns and Seaman, 1985). Very few beluga whales occur nearshore; their
main migration route is much further
[[Page 21366]]
offshore. Like several of the other species in the area, harbor
porpoise feed on demersal and benthic species, mainly schooling fish
and cephalopods. Depending on the type of killer whale (transient or
resident), they feed on fish and/or marine mammals. However, harbor
porpoises and killer whales are not commonly found in Prudhoe Bay.
Gray whales are primarily bottom feeders, and benthic amphipods and
isopods form the majority of their summer diet, at least in the main
summering areas west of Alaska (Oliver et al., 1983; Oliver and
Slattery, 1985). Farther south, gray whales have also been observed
feeding around kelp beds, presumably on mysid crustaceans, and on
pelagic prey such as small schooling fish and crab larvae (Hatler and
Darling, 1974). However, the central Beaufort Sea is not known to be a
primary feeding ground for gray whales.
Two kinds of fish inhabit marine waters in the study area: (1) True
marine fish that spend all of their lives in salt water, and (2)
anadromous species that reproduce in fresh water and spend parts of
their life cycles in salt water.
Most arctic marine fish species are small, benthic forms that do
not feed high in the water column. The majority of these species are
circumpolar and are found in habitats ranging from deep offshore water
to water as shallow as 16.4-33 ft (5-10 m; Fechhelm et al., 1995). The
most important pelagic species, and the only abundant pelagic species,
is the Arctic cod. The Arctic cod is a major vector for the transfer of
energy from lower to higher trophic levels (Bradstreet et al., 1986).
In summer, Arctic cod can form very large schools in both nearshore and
offshore waters (Craig et al., 1982; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Locations and areas frequented by large schools of Arctic cod cannot be
predicted but can be almost anywhere. The Arctic cod is a major food
source for beluga whales, ringed seals, and numerous species of
seabirds (Frost and Lowry, 1984; Bradstreet et al., 1986).
Anadromous Dolly Varden char and some species of whitefish winter
in rivers and lakes, migrate to the sea in spring and summer, and
return to fresh water in autumn. Anadromous fish form the basis of
subsistence, commercial, and small regional sport fisheries. Dolly
Varden char migrate to the sea from May through mid-June (Johnson,
1980) and spend about 1.5-2.5 months there (Craig, 1989). They return
to rivers beginning in late July or early August with the peak return
migration occurring between mid-August and early September (Johnson,
1980). At sea, most anadromous corregonids (whitefish) remain in
nearshore waters within several kilometers of shore (Craig, 1984,
1989). They are often termed ``amphidromous'' fish in that they make
repeated annual migrations into marine waters to feed, returning each
fall to overwinter in fresh water.
Benthic organisms are defined as bottom dwelling creatures.
Infaunal organisms are benthic organisms that live within the substrate
and are often sedentary or sessile (bivalves, polychaetes). Epibenthic
organisms live on or near the bottom surface sediments and are mobile
(amphipods, isopods, mysids, and some polychaetes). Epifauna, which
live attached to hard substrates, are rare in the Beaufort Sea because
hard substrates are scarce there. A small community of epifauna, the
Boulder Patch, occurs in Stefansson Sound.
Many of the nearshore benthic marine invertebrates of the Arctic
are circumpolar and are found over a wide range of water depths (Carey
et al., 1975). Species identified include polychaetes (Spio filicornis,
Chaetozone setosa, Eteone longa), bivalves (Cryrtodaria kurriana,
Nucula tenuis, Liocyma fluctuosa), an isopod (Saduria entomon), and
amphipods (Pontoporeia femorata, P. affinis).
Nearshore benthic fauna have been studied in Beaufort Sea lagoons
and near the mouth of the Colville River (Kinney et al., 1971, 1972;
Crane and Cooney, 1975). The waters of Simpson Lagoon, Harrison Bay,
and the nearshore region support a number of infaunal species including
crustaceans, mollusks, and polychaetes. In areas influenced by river
discharge, seasonal changes in salinity can greatly influence the
distribution and abundance of benthic organisms. Large fluctuations in
salinity and temperature that occur over a very short time period, or
on a seasonal basis, allow only very adaptable, opportunistic species
to survive (Alexander et al., 1974). Since shorefast ice is present for
many months, the distribution and abundance of most species depends on
annual (or more frequent) recolonization from deeper offshore waters
(Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995). Due to ice scouring, particularly
in water depths of less than 8 ft (2.4 m), infaunal communities tend to
be patchily distributed. Diversity increases with water depth until the
shear zone is reached at 49-82 ft (15-25 m; Carey, 1978). Biodiversity
then declines due to ice gouging between the landfast ice and the polar
pack ice (Woodward Clyde Consultants, 1995).
Potential Impacts From Sound Generation
With regard to fish as a prey source for odontocetes and seals,
fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to
communicate (Tavolga et al., 1981) and possibly avoid predators (Wilson
and Dill, 2002). Experiments have shown that fish can sense both the
strength and direction of sound (Hawkins, 1981). Primary factors
determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially
react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the
signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
Fishes produce sounds that are associated with behaviors that
include territoriality, mate search, courtship, and aggression. It has
also been speculated that sound production may provide the means for
long distance communication and communication under poor underwater
visibility conditions (Zelick et al., 1999), although the fact that
fish communicate at low-frequency sound levels where the masking
effects of ambient noise are naturally highest suggests that very long
distance communication would rarely be possible. Fishes have evolved a
diversity of sound generating organs and acoustic signals of various
temporal and spectral contents. Fish sounds vary in structure,
depending on the mechanism used to produce them (Hawkins, 1993).
Generally, fish sounds are predominantly composed of low frequencies
(less than 3 kHz).
Since objects in the water scatter sound, fish are able to detect
these objects through monitoring the ambient noise. Therefore, fish are
probably able to detect prey, predators, conspecifics, and physical
features by listening to environmental sounds (Hawkins, 1981). There
are two sensory systems that enable fish to monitor the vibration-based
information of their surroundings. The two sensory systems, the inner
ear and the lateral line, constitute the acoustico-lateralis system.
Although the hearing sensitivities of very few fish species have
been studied to date, it is becoming obvious that the intra- and inter-
specific variability is considerable (Coombs, 1981). Nedwell et al.
(2004) compiled and published available fish audiogram information. A
noninvasive electrophysiological recording method known as auditory
brainstem response is now commonly used in the production of fish
audiograms (Yan, 2004). Generally, most fish have their best hearing in
the low-frequency range (i.e., less than 1 kHz). Even though some fish
are able to detect sounds in the ultrasonic frequency
[[Page 21367]]
range, the thresholds at these higher frequencies tend to be
considerably higher than those at the lower end of the auditory
frequency range.
Literature relating to the impacts of sound on marine fish species
can be divided into the following categories: (1) Pathological effects;
(2) physiological effects; and (3) behavioral effects. Pathological
effects include lethal and sub-lethal physical damage to fish;
physiological effects include primary and secondary stress responses;
and behavioral effects include changes in exhibited behaviors of fish.
Behavioral changes might be a direct reaction to a detected sound or a
result of the anthropogenic sound masking natural sounds that the fish
normally detect and to which they respond. The three types of effects
are often interrelated in complex ways. For example, some physiological
and behavioral effects could potentially lead to the ultimate
pathological effect of mortality. Hastings and Popper (2005) reviewed
what is known about the effects of sound on fishes and identified
studies needed to address areas of uncertainty relative to measurement
of sound and the responses of fishes. Popper et al. (2003/2004) also
published a paper that reviews the effects of anthropogenic sound on
the behavior and physiology of fishes.
Potential effects of exposure to sound on marine fish include TTS,
physical damage to the ear region, physiological stress responses, and
behavioral responses such as startle response, alarm response,
avoidance, and perhaps lack of response due to masking of acoustic
cues. Most of these effects appear to be either temporary or
intermittent and therefore probably do not significantly impact the
fish at a population level. The studies that resulted in physical
damage to the fish ears used noise exposure levels and durations that
were far more extreme than would be encountered under conditions
similar to those expected during BP's proposed survey.
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior
is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to
react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the
detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold
can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition
(Engas et al., 1993). In general, fish react more strongly to pulses of
sound rather than a continuous signal (Blaxter et al., 1981), such as
the type of sound that will be produced by the drillship, and a quicker
alarm response is elicited when the sound signal intensity rises
rapidly compared to sound rising more slowly to the same level.
Investigations of fish behavior in relation to vessel noise (Olsen
et al., 1983; Ona, 1988; Ona and Godo, 1990) have shown that fish react
when the sound from the engines and propeller exceeds a certain level.
Avoidance reactions have been observed in fish such as cod and herring
when vessels approached close enough that received sound levels are 110
dB to 130 dB (Nakken, 1992; Olsen, 1979; Ona and Godo, 1990; Ona and
Toresen, 1988). However, other researchers have found that fish such as
polar cod, herring, and capeline are often attracted to vessels
(apparently by the noise) and swim toward the vessel (Rostad et al.,
2006). Typical sound source levels of vessel noise in the audible range
for fish are 150 dB to 170 dB (Richardson et al., 1995a). In calm
weather, ambient noise levels in audible parts of the spectrum lie
between 60 dB to 100 dB.
Short, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior. Chapman and Hawkins (1969) tested the reactions of whiting
(hake) in the field to an airgun. When the airgun was fired, the fish
dove from 82 to 180 ft (25 to 55 m) depth and formed a compact layer.
The whiting dove when received sound levels were higher than 178 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (Pearson et al., 1992).
Pearson et al. (1992) conducted a controlled experiment to
determine effects of strong noise pulses on several species of rockfish
off the California coast. They used an airgun with a source level of
223 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. They noted:
Startle responses at received levels of 200-205 dB re 1
[mu]Pa and above for two sensitive species, but not for two other
species exposed to levels up to 207 dB;
Alarm responses at 177-180 dB for the two sensitive
species, and at 186 to 199 dB for other species;
An overall threshold for the above behavioral response at
about 180 dB;
An extrapolated threshold of about 161 dB for subtle
changes in the behavior of rockfish; and
A return to pre-exposure behaviors within the 20-60 minute
exposure period.
In summary, fish often react to sounds, especially strong and/or
intermittent sounds of low frequency. Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa may cause subtle changes in behavior. Pulses at
levels of 180 dB may cause noticeable changes in behavior (Chapman and
Hawkins, 1969; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). It also
appears that fish often habituate to repeated strong sounds rather
rapidly, on time scales of minutes to an hour. However, the habituation
does not endure, and resumption of the strong sound source may again
elicit disturbance responses from the same fish.
Some of the fish species found in the Arctic are prey sources for
odontocetes and pinnipeds. A reaction by fish to sounds produced by
BP's proposed survey would only be relevant to marine mammals if it
caused concentrations of fish to vacate the area. Pressure changes of
sufficient magnitude to cause that type of reaction would probably
occur only very close to the sound source, if any would occur at all.
Impacts on fish behavior are predicted to be inconsequential. Thus,
feeding odontocetes and pinnipeds would not be adversely affected by
this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of reduced prey abundance.
Some mysticetes, including bowhead whales, feed on concentrations
of zooplankton. Some feeding bowhead whales may occur in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in July and August, but feeding bowheads are more likely
to occur in the area after the cessation of airgun operations.
Reactions of zooplankton to sound are, for the most part, not known.
Their ability to move significant distances is limited or nil,
depending on the type of zooplankton. Behavior of zooplankters is not
expected to be affected by the survey. These animals have exoskeletons
and no air bladders. Many crustaceans can make sounds, and some
crustacea and other invertebrates have some type of sound receptor. A
reaction by zooplankton to sounds produced by the seismic survey would
only be relevant to whales if it caused concentrations of zooplankton
to scatter. Pressure changes of sufficient magnitude to cause that type
of reaction would probably occur only very close to the sound source,
if any would occur at all. Impacts on zooplankton behavior are
predicted to be inconsequential. Thus, feeding mysticetes would not be
adversely affected by this minimal loss or scattering, if any, of
reduced zooplankton abundance.
Based on the preceding discussion, the proposed activity is not
expected to have any habitat-related effects that could cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or
their populations.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and
[[Page 21368]]
other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species
or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (where relevant). Later in this document in the
``Proposed Incidental Harassment Authorization'' section, NMFS lays out
the proposed conditions for review, as they would appear in the final
IHA (if issued).
Mitigation Measures Proposed by BP
For the proposed mitigation measures, BP proposed general
mitigation measures that apply to all vessels involved in the survey
and specific mitigation measures that apply to the source vessels
operating airguns. The proposed protocols are discussed next and can
also be found in Section 11 of BP's application (see ADDRESSES).
1. General Mitigation Measures
These general mitigation measures are proposed to apply to all
vessels that are part of the Prudhoe Bay seismic survey, including crew
transfer vessels. The two source vessels would also operate under an
additional set of specific mitigation measures during airgun operations
(described a bit later in this document).
The general mitigation measures include: (1) adjusting speed to
avoid collisions with whales and during periods of low visibility; (2)
checking the waters immediately adjacent to vessels with propellers to
ensure that no marine mammals will be injured; (3) avoiding
concentrations of groups of whales and not operating vessels in a way
that separates members of a group; (4) reducing vessel speeds to less
than 10 knots in the presence of feeding whales; (5) reducing speed and
steering around groups of whales if circumstances allow (but never
cutting off a whale's travel path) and avoiding multiple changes in
direction and speed when within 900 ft of whales; (6) maintaining an
altitude of at least 1,000 ft when flying helicopters, except in
emergency situations or during take-offs and landings; and (7) not
hovering or circling with helicopters above or within 0.3 mi of groups
of whales.
2. Seismic Airgun Mitigation Measures
BP proposes to establish and monitor Level A harassment exclusion
zones for all marine mammal species. These zones will be monitored by
PSOs (more detail later). Should marine mammals enter these exclusion
zones, the PSOs will call for and implement the suite of mitigation
measures described next.
Ramp-up Procedure: Ramp-up procedures of an airgun array involve a
step-wise increase in the number of operating airguns until the
required discharge volume is achieved. The purpose of a ramp-up
(sometimes referred to as ``soft-start'') is to provide marine mammals
in the vicinity of the activity the opportunity to leave the area and
to avoid the potential for injury or impairment of their hearing
abilities.
During ramp-up, BP proposes to implement the common procedure of
doubling the number of operating airguns at 5-minute intervals,
starting with the smallest gun in the array. For the 620 in\3\ sub-
array this is estimated to take approximately 15 minutes and for the
1,240 in\3\ airgun array approximately 20 minutes. During ramp-up, the
exclusion zone for the full airgun array will be observed. The ramp-up
procedures will be applied as follows:
1. A ramp-up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
2. Ramp-up procedures from a cold start will be delayed if a marine
mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute period
prior to the ramp-up. The delay will last until the marine mammal(s)
has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is
not sighted for at least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
3. A ramp-up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) has not been sighted for at
least 15 minutes (seals) or 30 minutes (cetaceans). This assumes there
was a continuous observation effort prior to the shutdown and the
entire exclusion zone is visible.
4. If, for any reason, power to the airgun array has been
discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up procedures
need to be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been suspended, a 30-
minute clearance of the exclusion zone is required prior to commencing
ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun activity for less than 10 minutes
does not require a ramp-up.
5. The seismic operator and PSOs will maintain records of the times
when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
Power Down Procedure: A power down is the immediate reduction in
the number of operating airguns such that the radii of the 190 dB and
180 dB (rms) zones are decreased to the extent that an observed marine
mammal is not in the applicable exclusion zone of the full array.
During a power down, one airgun (or some other number of airguns less
than the full airgun array) continues firing. The continued operation
of one airgun is intended to (a) alert marine mammals to the presence
of airgun activity, and (b) retain the option of initiating a ramp up
to full operations under poor visibility conditions.
1. The array will be immediately powered down whenever a marine
mammal is sighted approaching close to or within the applicable
exclusion zone of the full array, but is outside the applicable
exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun;
2. Likewise, if a mammal is already within the exclusion zone when
first detected, the airguns will be powered down immediately;
3. If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the
applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun, it too will
be shut down; and
4. Following a power down, ramp-up to the full airgun array will
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the applicable exclusion
zone. The animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone
if it has been visually observed leaving the exclusion zone of the full
array, or has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes (seals) or
30 minutes (cetaceans).
Shut-down Procedures: The operating airgun(s) will be shut down
completely if a marine mammal approaches or enters the 190 or 180 dB
(rms) exclusion radius of the smallest airgun. Airgun activity will not
resume until the marine mammal has cleared the applicable exclusion
radius of the full array. The animal will be considered to have cleared
the exclusion radius as described above under ramp-up procedures.
Poor Visibility Conditions: BP plans to conduct 24-hr operations.
PSOs will not be on duty during ongoing seismic operations during
darkness, given the very limited effectiveness of visual observation at
night (there will be no periods of darkness in the survey area until
mid-August). The proposed provisions associated with operations at
night or in periods of poor visibility include the following:
If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or
darkness (which may be encountered starting in late August), the full
180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence a
ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down; and
If one or more airguns have been operational before
nightfall or before the
[[Page 21369]]
onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain operational
throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this case ramp-
up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion zone may not
be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be alerted by
the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
BP is aware that available techniques to effectively detect marine
mammals during limited visibility conditions (darkness, fog, snow, and
rain) are in need of development and has in recent years supported
research and field trials intended to improve methods of detecting
marine mammals under these conditions. BP intends to continue research
and field trials to improve methods of detecting marine mammals during
periods of low visibility.
Additional Mitigation Measures Proposed by NMFS
The mitigation airgun will be operated at approximately one shot
per minute and will not be operated for longer than three hours in
duration during daylight hours and good visibility. In cases when the
next start-up after the turn is expected to be during lowlight or low
visibility, use of the mitigation airgun may be initiated 30 minutes
before darkness or low visibility conditions occur and may be operated
until the start of the next seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at approximately one shot per minute.
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated BP's proposed mitigation measures and
considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring that
NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our
evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the
following factors in relation to one another:
The manner in which, and the degree to which, the
successful implementation of the measures are expected to minimize
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
The practicability of the measure for applicant
implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of
the general goals listed below:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received
levels of seismic airguns, or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed
to received levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to
result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number
or number at biologically important time or location) to received
levels of seismic airguns or other activities expected to result in the
take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas,
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance
of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. Proposed measures to
ensure availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses are discussed later in this document (see ``Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence
Uses'' section).
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking''. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. BP
submitted information regarding marine mammal monitoring to be
conducted during seismic operations as part of the IHA application.
That information can be found in Sections 11 and 13 of the application.
The monitoring measures may be modified or supplemented based on
comments or new information received from the public during the public
comment period.
Monitoring measures proposed by the applicant or prescribed by NMFS
should accomplish one or more of the following top-level goals:
1. An increase in our understanding of the likely occurrence of
marine mammal species in the vicinity of the action, i.e., presence,
abundance, distribution, and/or density of species.
2. An increase in our understanding of the nature, scope, or
context of the likely exposure of marine mammal species to any of the
potential stressor(s) associated with the action (e.g. sound or visual
stimuli), through better understanding of one or more of the following:
the action itself and its environment (e.g. sound source
characterization, propagation, and ambient noise levels); the affected
species (e.g. life history or dive pattern); the likely co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action (in whole or part) associated
with specific adverse effects; and/or the likely biological or
behavioral context of exposure to the stressor for the marine mammal
(e.g. age class of exposed animals or known pupping, calving or feeding
areas).
3. An increase in our understanding of how individual marine
mammals respond (behaviorally or physiologically) to the specific
stressors associated with the action (in specific contexts, where
possible, e.g., at what distance or received level).
4. An increase in our understanding of how anticipated individual
responses, to individual stressors or anticipated combinations of
stressors, may impact either: the long-term fitness and survival of an
individual; or the population, species, or stock (e.g. through effects
on annual rates of recruitment or survival).
[[Page 21370]]
5. An increase in our understanding of how the activity affects
marine mammal habitat, such as through effects on prey sources or
acoustic habitat (e.g., through characterization of longer-term
contributions of multiple sound sources to rising ambient noise levels
and assessment of the potential chronic effects on marine mammals).
6. An increase in understanding of the impacts of the activity on
marine mammals in combination with the impacts of other anthropogenic
activities or natural factors occurring in the region.
7. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of
mitigation and monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals
(through improved technology or methodology), both specifically within
the safety zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general, to better achieve the above goals.
Proposed Monitoring Measures
1. Visual Monitoring
Two observers referred to as PSOs will be present on each seismic
source vessel. Of these two PSOs, one will be on watch at all times to
monitor the 190 and 180 dB exclusion zones for the presence of marine
mammals during airgun operations. The main objectives of the vessel-
based marine mammal monitoring are as follows: (1) To implement
mitigation measures during seismic operations (e.g. course alteration,
airgun power down, shut-down and ramp-up); and (2) To record all marine
mammal data needed to estimate the number of marine mammals potentially
affected, which must be reported to NMFS within 90 days after the
survey.
BP intends to work with experienced PSOs. At least one Alaska
Native resident, who is knowledgeable about Arctic marine mammals and
the subsistence hunt, is expected to be included as one of the team
members aboard the vessels. Before the start of the seismic survey, the
crew of the seismic source vessels will be briefed on the function of
the PSOs, their monitoring protocol, and mitigation measures to be
implemented.
On all source vessels, at least one observer will monitor for
marine mammals at any time during daylight hours (there will be no
periods of total darkness until mid-August). PSOs will be on duty in
shifts of a maximum of 4 hours at a time, although the exact shift
schedule will be established by the lead PSO in consultation with the
other PSOs.
The source vessels will offer suitable platforms for marine mammal
observations. Observations will be made from locations where PSOs have
the best view around the vessel. During daytime, the PSO(s) will scan
the area around the vessel systematically with reticle binoculars and
with the naked eye. Because the main purpose of the PSO on board the
vessel is detecting marine mammals for the implementation of mitigation
measures according to specific guidelines, BP prefers to keep the
information to be recorded as concise as possible, allowing the PSO to
focus on detecting marine mammals. The following information will be
collected by the PSOs:
Environmental conditions--consisting of sea state (in
Beaufort Wind force scale according to NOAA), visibility (in km, with
10 km indicating the horizon on a clear day), and sun glare (position
and severity). These will be recorded at the start of each shift,
whenever there is an obvious change in one or more of the environmental
variables, and whenever the observer changes shifts;
Project activity--consisting of airgun operations (on or
off), number of active guns, line number. This will be recorded at the
start of each shift, whenever there is an obvious change in project
activity, and whenever the observer changes shifts; and
Sighting information--consisting of the species (if
determinable), group size, position and heading relative to the vessel,
behavior, movement, and distance relative to the vessel (initial and
closest approach). These will be recorded upon sighting a marine mammal
or group of animals.
When marine mammals in the water are detected within or about to
enter the designated exclusion zones, the airgun(s) power down or shut-
down procedures will be implemented immediately. To assure prompt
implementation of power downs and shut-downs, multiple channels of
communication between the PSOs and the airgun technicians will be
established. During the power down and shut-down, the PSO(s) will
continue to maintain watch to determine when the animal(s) are outside
the exclusion radius. Airgun operations can be resumed with a ramp-up
procedure (depending on the extent of the power down) if the observers
have visually confirmed that the animal(s) moved outside the exclusion
zone, or if the animal(s) were not observed within the exclusion zone
for 15 minutes (seals) or for 30 minutes (cetaceans). Direct
communication with the airgun operator will be maintained throughout
these procedures.
All marine mammal observations and any airgun power down, shut-
down, and ramp-up will be recorded in a standardized format. Data will
be entered into or transferred to a custom database. The accuracy of
the data entry will be verified daily through QA/QC procedures.
Recording procedures will allow initial summaries of data to be
prepared during and shortly after the field program, and will
facilitate transfer of the data to other programs for further
processing and archiving.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Monitoring
BP proposes to conduct research on fish species in relation to
airgun operations, including prey species important to ice seals,
during the proposed seismic survey. The North Prudhoe Bay OBS seismic
survey offers a unique opportunity to assess the impacts of airgun
sounds on fish, specifically on changes in fish abundance in fyke nets
that have been sampled in the area for more than 30 years. The
monitoring study would occur over a 2-month period during the open-
water season. During this time, fish are counted and sized every day,
unless sampling is prevented by weather, the presence of bears, or
other events. Fish mortality is also noted.
The fish-sampling period coincides with the North Prudhoe seismic
survey, resulting in a situation where each of the four fyke nets will
be exposed to varying daily exposures to airgun sounds. That is, as
source vessels move back and forth across the project area, fish caught
in nets will be exposed to different sounds levels at different nets
each day. To document relationships between fish catch in each fyke net
and received sound levels, BP will attempt to instrument each fyke net
location with a recording hydrophone. Recording hydrophones, to the
extent possible, will have a dynamic range that extends low enough to
record near ambient sounds and high enough to capture sound levels
during relatively close approaches by the airgun array (i.e., likely
levels as high as about 200 dB re 1 uPa). Bandwidth will extend from
about 10 Hz to at least 500 Hz. In addition, because some fish
(especially salmonids) are likely to be sensitive to particle velocity
instead of or in addition to sound pressure level, BP will attempt to
instrument each fyke net location with a recording particle velocity
meter. Acoustic and environmental data will be used in statistical
models to assess relationships
[[Page 21371]]
between acoustic and fish variables. Additional information on the
details of the fish monitoring study can be found in Section 13.1 of
BP's application (see ADDRESSES).
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer
reviewed ``where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses'' (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing
regulations state, ``Upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and at
its discretion, [NMFS] will either submit the plan to members of a peer
review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the proposed
monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan'' (50 CFR
216.108(d)).
NMFS convened an independent peer review panel, comprised of
experts in the fields of marine mammal ecology and underwater
acoustics, to review BP's Prudhoe Bay OBS Seismic Survey Monitoring
Plan. The panel met on January 8-9, 2013, and provided their final
report to NMFS on February 25, 2013. The full panel report can be
viewed on the Internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/permits/openwater/bp_panel2013.pdf.
NMFS provided the panel with BP's monitoring plan and asked the
panel to answer the following questions regarding the plan:
1. Will the applicant's stated objectives effectively further the
understanding of the impacts of their activities on marine mammals and
otherwise accomplish the goals stated above? If not, how should the
objectives be modified to better accomplish the goals above?
2. Can the applicant achieve the stated objectives based on the
methods described in the plan?
3. Are there technical modifications to the proposed monitoring
techniques and methodologies proposed by the applicant that should be
considered to better accomplish their stated objectives?
4. Are there techniques not proposed by the applicant (i.e.,
additional monitoring techniques or methodologies) that should be
considered for inclusion in the applicant's monitoring program to
better accomplish their stated objectives?
5. What is the best way for an applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics, etc.) in the required reports
that are to be submitted to NMFS (i.e., 90-day report and comprehensive
report)?
NMFS shared the panel's report with BP in March 2013. BP originally
submitted this IHA application with a monitoring plan to conduct this
program during the 2013 open-water season; however, after undergoing
peer review of the monitoring plan in early 2013, BP subsequently
cancelled the 2013 operation. The proposed 2014 program is the same as
that reviewed by the panel in 2013. BP reviewed the 2013 panel
recommendation report and incorporated several of the panel's
recommendations into the monitoring plan contained in the 2014
application. NMFS reviewed the panel's report and agrees with the
recommendations included in BP's 2014 monitoring plan. A summary of the
measures that were included is provided next.
Based on the panel report, NMFS recommends and BP proposes to
follow a pre-determined regime for scanning of the area by PSOs that is
based on the relative importance of detecting marine mammals in the
near- and far fields. PSOs should simply record the primary behavioral
state (i.e., traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or
moving away from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine
mammals and not try to precisely determine the behavior or the context.
Other recommendations made by panel members that NMFS supports and
propose BP include in the monitoring plan include: (1) recording
observations of pinnipeds on land and not just in the water; (2)
developing a means by which PSOs record data with as little impact on
observation time as possible; (3) continuing PSO observation watches
when there is an extended period when no airguns on any of the source
vessels are operating to collect additional observation data during
periods of non-seismic; and (4) accounting for factors such as water
depth when estimating the actual level of takes because of the
difficulties in monitoring during darkness or inclement weather.
Moreover, the panel recommended and NMFS agrees that BP should be very
clear in the 90-day technical report about what periods are considered
``seismic'' and ``non-seismic'' for their analyses.
As recommended by the panel, NMFS encourages BP to examine data
from ASAMM and other such programs to assess possible impacts from
their seismic surveys. As noted earlier in this document, BP has
proposed a fish and airgun sound monitoring study, which has been well
received by past panel members. This study will also allow BP to
collect sound signature data on equipment used during this proposed
survey.
The panel also recommended that BP work to understand the
cumulative nature of the activity and sound footprint. As described in
Section 14 of the IHA application, BP remains committed to working with
a wide range of experts to improve understanding of the cumulative
effects of multiple sound sources and has sponsored an expert working
group on the issue.
Reporting Measures
1. 90-Day Technical Report
A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of
the proposed seismic survey. The report will summarize all activities
and monitoring results conducted during in-water seismic surveys. The
Technical Report will include the following:
Summary of project start and end dates, airgun activity,
number of guns, and the number and circumstances of implementing ramp-
up, power down, shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of
marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender categories (if determinable), and group sizes;
Analyses of the effects of survey operations;
Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without seismic survey activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability), such as: (i) Initial sighting distances versus
survey activity state; (ii) closest point of approach versus survey
activity state; (iii) observed behaviors and types of movements versus
survey activity state; (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals seen
versus survey activity state; (v) distribution around the source
vessels versus survey activity state; and (vi) estimates of exposures
of marine mammals to Level B harassment thresholds based on presence in
the 160 dB harassment zone.
2. Fish and Airgun Sound Report
BP proposes to present the results of the fish and airgun sound
study to NMFS in a detailed report that will also be submitted to a
peer reviewed journal
[[Page 21372]]
for publication, presented at a scientific conference, and presented in
Barrow and Nuiqsut.
3. Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA
(if issued), such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury or
mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement),
BP would immediately cease the specified activities and immediately
report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the following
information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. BP would not be able to
resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
telephone.
In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is
unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above. Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work
with BP to determine whether modifications in the activities are
appropriate.
In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated
with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), BP would report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the
discovery. BP would provide photographs or video footage (if available)
or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the
Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
Monitoring Results From Previously Authorized Activities
BP has not requested and NMFS has not issued an IHA for this
project previously. However, in 2012, BP conducted (and NMFS issued an
IHA for) a similar seismic survey (known as an ocean bottom cable [OBC]
survey) in the Simpson Lagoon area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, which
is less than 50 mi west of Prudhoe Bay. Seismic acquisition for that
survey occurred from July 29 through September 7, 2012. Three source
vessels were used and operated in a flip-flop mode, which is the mode
proposed for this Prudhoe Bay survey.
During the 2012 Simpson Lagoon seismic survey, BP employed PSOs to
watch for marine mammals on all three source vessels. Over the course
of the survey, PSOs observed for a total of 1,239 on-watch hours during
daylight hours and for 247 on-watch hours during darkness or limited
visibility hours. On-watch means the vessel was active (transiting,
line shooting, off-line shooting). There were no periods of darkness
for the first 2.5 weeks of the survey. The number of hours of darkness
began to gradually increase beginning in mid-August with up to 8 hours
of darkness on September 7, the last day of the survey. PSOs did not
detect any cetaceans during the seismic survey. An estimated 47
pinnipeds were seen in 45 sightings within the seismic survey area from
July 29 to September 7 from the three seismic source vessels. Sightings
were of ringed, bearded, and spotted seals, as well as some recorded as
unidentified seal or pinniped. Most pinnipeds were observed looking at
the vessel, and a few swam away or dove after the initial sighting.
During the 2012 Simpson Lagoon OBC seismic survey, a total of five
shut-downs (11 percent of sightings), three power-downs (7 percent of
sightings), and five delayed ramp-ups (11 percent of sightings)
occurred for pinnipeds. A delayed ramp-up occurred when a marine mammal
was observed during the 30-min clearance period. If ramp-up was
initiated (i.e., at least one airgun was operational) when a marine
mammal was sighted, reducing the number of airguns was considered a
power-down (one 40 in\3\ airgun) or shut-down (no airguns were
operational). Given the small size of the bridge on all source vessels,
PSOs, gunners, and captains were in constant communication, and all PSO
mitigation requests were implemented as soon as possible (within
seconds). Four of the five shut-downs occurred when an animal was
sighted at distances of 50 m, 50 m, 75 m and 150 m from the seismic
source. The remaining shut-down occurred for an animal that was sighted
at a distance of 500 m from the seismic source; while this was outside
of the 190-dB exclusion zone, the animal was headed toward the
exclusion zone. All three power-downs occurred when an animal was
observed approaching the exclusion zone. More detail can be found in
BP's final 90-day technical report on the Internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/permits/bp_openwater_90dayreport.pdf.
Based on the information contained in BP's 90-day technical report
of the 2012 Simpson Lagoon OBC seismic survey, BP complied with all
mitigation and monitoring requirements in the IHA. The amount of
estimated take did not exceed that analyzed for the IHA.
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment]. Only take by Level B behavioral
harassment of some species is anticipated as a result of the proposed
OBS seismic survey. Anticipated impacts to marine mammals are
associated with noise propagation from the sound sources (e.g., airguns
and pingers) used in the seismic survey. No take is expected to result
from vessel
[[Page 21373]]
strikes because of the slow speed of the vessels (1-5 knots while
acquiring seismic data) and because of mitigation measures to reduce
collisions with marine mammals. Additionally, no take is expected to
result from helicopter operations because of altitude restrictions.
BP requested take of 11 marine mammal species by Level B
harassment. However, for reasons mentioned earlier in this document, it
is highly unlikely that humpback and minke whales would occur in the
proposed seismic survey area. Therefore, NMFS does not propose to
authorize take of these two species. The species for which take, by
Level B harassment only, is proposed include: Bowhead, beluga, gray,
and killer whales; harbor porpoise; and ringed, bearded, spotted, and
ribbon seals.
The airguns produce impulsive sounds. The current acoustic
thresholds used by NMFS to estimate Level B and Level A harassment are
presented in Table 4.
Table 4--Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria Used by NMFS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Criterion Criterion definition Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury)... Permanent Threshold 180 dB re 1
Shift (PTS) (Any microPa-m
level above that (cetaceans)/190
which is known to dB re 1 microPa-
cause TTS). m (pinnipeds)
root mean
square (rms).
Level B Harassment............ Behavioral Disruption 160 dB re 1
(for impulse noises). microPa-m
(rms).
Level B Harassment............ Behavioral Disruption 120 dB re 1
(for continuous, microPa-m
noise). (rms).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 6 of BP's application contains a description of the
methodology used by BP to estimate takes by harassment, including
calculations for the 160 dB (rms) isopleth and marine mammal densities
in the areas of operation (see ADDRESSES), which is also provided in
the following sections. NMFS verified BP's methods, and used the
density and sound isopleth measurements in estimating take. However, as
noted later in this section, NMFS proposes to authorize the maximum
number of estimated takes for all species, not just for cetaceans as
presented by BP in order to ensure that exposure estimates are not
underestimated for pinnipeds.
During data acquisition, the source vessels of the proposed OBS
Prudhoe Bay seismic survey will cover an area of about 190 mi\2\ in
water depths ranging from 3 to 50 ft. Seismic data acquisition will be
halted at the start of the Cross Island fall bowhead whale hunt. The
total duration of seismic data acquisition in the Prudhoe Bay area is
estimated to be approximately 45 days. About 25% of downtime is
included in this total, so the actual number of days that airguns are
expected to be operating is about 34, based on a continuous 24-hr
operation.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Most whale species are migratory and therefore show a seasonal
distribution, with different densities for the summer period (covering
July and August) and the fall period (covering September and October).
Seal species in the Beaufort Sea do not show a distinct seasonal
distribution during the open-water period between July and October.
Data acquisition of the proposed seismic survey will only take place in
summer (before start of Nuiqsut whaling in late August/early
September), so BP estimated only summer densities for this proposed
IHA. Whale and seal densities in the Beaufort Sea will further depend
on the presence of sea ice. However, if ice cover within or close to
the seismic survey area is more than approximately 10%, seismic survey
activities may not start or will be halted. Densities related to ice
conditions are therefore not included in the IHA application.
Spatial differentiation is another important factor for marine
mammal densities, both in latitudinal and longitudinal gradient. Taking
into account the shallow water operations of the proposed seismic
survey area and the associated area of influence, BP used data from the
nearshore zone of the Beaufort Sea for the calculation of densities, if
available.
Density estimates are based on best available data. Because
available data did not always cover the area of interest, this is
subject to large temporal and spatial variation, and correction factors
for perception and availability bias were not always known, there is
some uncertainty in the data and assumptions used in the estimated
number of exposures. To provide allowance for these uncertainties,
maximum density estimates have been provided in addition to average
density estimates.
1. Beluga Whale Density Estimates
The 1979-2011 BWASP aerial survey database, available from the NOAA
Web site (https://www.afsc.noaa.gov/NMML/software/bwasp-comida.php),
contains a total of 62 belugas (31 sightings) in block 1, which covers
the nearshore and offshore Prudhoe Bay area. Except for one solitary
animal in 1992, all these belugas were seen in September or October;
the months with most aerial survey effort. None of the sightings
occurred south of 70[deg] N., which is to be expected because beluga
whales generally travel much farther north (Moore et al., 2000). The
summer effort in the 1979-2011 database is limited. Therefore, BP
considered and NMFS agreed that the 2012-2013 data to be the best
available data for calculating beluga summer densities (Clarke et al.,
2013; https://www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/cetacean/bwasp/2013), even though
the 2013 daily flight summaries posted on NOAA's Web site have not
undergone post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of beluga whales in the Prudhoe Bay area,
BP used the 2012 on-transect beluga sighting and effort data from the
ASAMM surveys flown in July and August in the Beaufort Sea. The area
most applicable to our survey was the area from 140[deg] W.-154[deg] W.
and water depths of 0-20 m (Table 13 in Clarke et al., 2013). In
addition, BP used beluga sighting and effort data of the 2013 survey,
as reported in the daily flight summaries on the NOAA Web site. BP
intended to only select flights that covered block 1. However, in many
cases the aerial surveys flown in block 1 also covered blocks 2 and 10,
which were much farther from shore. Because it was difficult to
determine the survey effort specific to block 1 from the available
information, BP included the sighting and effort data from block 2 and
10 in the calculations. BP used the number of individuals counted on
transect, together with the transect kilometers flown, to calculate
density estimates (Table 4 in the application and Table 5 here). To
convert the number of individuals per transect kilometer (ind/km) to a
density per area (ind/km\2\), BP used the effective strip width (ESW)
of 0.614 km for belugas calculated from 2008-2012 aerial survey
[[Page 21374]]
data flown with the Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm.,
30 Oct 2013).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15AP14.001
2. Bowhead Whale Density Estimates
To estimate summer bowhead whale densities, BP used data from the
2012 and 2013 ASAMM aerial surveys flown in the Beaufort Sea (Clarke et
al., 2013; www.asfc.noaa.gov/nmml/). The 1979-2011 ASAMM database
contains only one on-transect bowhead whale sighting during July and
August (in 2011), likely due to the limited summer survey effort. In
contrast, the 2012 and 2013 surveys include substantial effort during
the summer season and are thus considered to be the best available
data, even though the 2013 daily flight summaries posted on NOAA's Web
site have not undergone post-season QA/QC.
To estimate the density of bowhead whales in the Prudhoe Bay area,
BP used the 2012 on-transect bowhead sighting and effort data from
surveys flown in July and August in block 1 (Table 4 in Clarke et al.,
2013). In addition, BP used the on-transect bowhead sighting and effort
data of the 2013 survey, as reported in the daily flight summaries on
the NOAA Web site. BP intended to only select flights that covered
block 1. However, in many cases the aerial surveys flown in block 1
also covered blocks 2 and 10, which were much farther from shore.
Because it was difficult to determine the survey effort specific to
block 1 from the available information, BP included the sighting and
effort data from block 2 and 10 in the calculations (Table 5 in the
application and Table 6 here). To convert the number of individuals per
line transect (ind/km) to a density per area (ind/km2), BP used the ESW
of 1.15 km for bowheads, calculated from 2008-2012 aerial survey data
flown with the Commander aircraft (M. Ferguson, NMML, pers. comm., 30
Oct 2013).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15AP14.002
3. Other Whale Species
No densities have been estimated for gray whales and for whale
species that are rare or extralimital to the Beaufort Sea (killer whale
and harbor porpoise) because sightings of these animals have been very
infrequent. Gray whales may be encountered in small numbers throughout
the summer and fall, especially in the nearshore areas. Small numbers
of harbor porpoises may be encountered as well. During an aerial survey
offshore of Oliktok Point in 2008, approximately 40 mi (65 km) west of
the proposed survey area, two harbor porpoises were sighted offshore of
the barrier islands, one on 25 August and the other on 10 September
(Hauser et al., 2008). For the purpose of this IHA request, small
numbers have been included in the requested ``take'' authorization to
cover incidental occurrences of any of these species during the
proposed survey.
4. Seal Density Estimates
Ice seals of the Beaufort Sea are mostly associated with sea ice,
and most census methods count seals when they are hauled out on the
ice. To account for the proportion of animals present but not hauled
out (availability bias) or seals present on the ice but missed
(detection bias), a correction factor should be applied to the ``raw''
counts. This correction factor is dependent on the behavior of each
species. To estimate what proportion of ringed seals were generally
visible resting on the sea ice, radio tags were placed on seals during
spring 1999-2003 (Kelly et al., 2006). The probability that seals were
visible,
[[Page 21375]]
derived from the satellite data, was applied to seal abundance data
from past aerial surveys and indicated that the proportion of seals
visible varied from less than 0.4 to more than 0.75 between survey
years. The environmental factors that are important in explaining the
availability of seals to be counted were found to be time of day, date,
wind speed, air temperature, and days from snow melt (Kelly et al.,
2006). Besides the uncertainty in the correction factor, using counts
of basking seals from spring surveys to predict seal abundance in the
open-water period is further complicated by the fact that seal
movements differ substantially between these two seasons. Data from
nine ringed seals that were tracked from one subnivean period (early
winter through mid-May or early June) to the next showed that ringed
seals covered large distances during the open-water foraging period
(Kelly et al., 2010b). Ringed seals tagged in 2011 close to Barrow also
show long distances traveled during the open-water season (Herreman et
al., 2012).
To estimate densities for ringed, bearded, and spotted seals, BP
used data collected during four shallow water OBC seismic surveys in
the Beaufort Sea (Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008; Hauser et
al., 2008; HDR, 2012). Habitat and survey specifics are very similar to
the proposed survey; therefore, these data were considered to be more
representative than basking seal densities from spring aerial survey
data (e.g., Moulton et al., 2002; Frost et al., 2002, 2004). NMFS
agreed that these data are likely more representative and appropriate
for use. However, since these data were not collected during surveys
designed to determine abundance, NMFS used the maximum estimates for
the proposed number of takes in this proposed IHA.
Because survey effort in kilometers was only reported for one of
the surveys, BP used sighting rate (ind/h) for calculating potential
seal exposures. No distinction is made in seal density between summer
and autumn season. Also, no correction factors have been applied to the
reported seal sighting rates.
Seal species ratios: During the 1996 OBC survey, 92% of all seal
species identified were ringed seals, 7% bearded seals and 1% spotted
seals (Harris et al., 2001). This 1996 survey occurred in two habitats,
one about 19 mi east of Prudhoe Bay near the McClure Islands, mainly
inshore of the barrier islands in water depths of 10 to 26 ft and the
other 6 to 30 mi northwest of Prudhoe Bay, about 0 to 8 mile offshore
of the barrier islands in water depths of 10 to 56 ft (Harris et al.,
2001). In 2008, two OBC seismic surveys occurred in the Beaufort Sea,
one in Foggy Island Bay, about 15 mi SE of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al.,
2008), and the other at Oliktok Point, >30 mi west of Prudhoe Bay
(Hauser et al., 2008). In 2012, an OBC seismic was done in Simpson
Lagoon, bordering the area surveyed in 2008 at Oliktok Point (HDR,
2012). Based on the number of identified individuals the ratio ringed,
bearded, and spotted seal was 75%, 8%, and 17%, respectively in Foggy
Island Bay (Aerts et al., 2008), 22%, 39%, and 39%, respectively at
Oliktok Point (Hauser et al., 2008), and 62%, 15%, and 23%,
respectively in Simpson Lagoon (HDR, 2012). Because it is often
difficult to identify seals to species, a large proportion of seal
sightings were unidentified in all four OBC surveys described here. The
total seal sighting rate was therefore used to calculate densities for
each species, using the average ratio over all four surveys for ringed,
bearded, and spotted seals, i.e., 63% ringed, 17% bearded, and 20%
spotted seals.
Seal sighting rates: During the 1996 OBC survey (Harris et al.,
2001) the sighting rate for all seals during periods when airguns were
not operating was 0.63 ind/h. The sighting rate during non-seismic
periods was 0.046 ind/h for the survey in Foggy Island Bay, just east
of Prudhoe Bay (Aerts et al., 2008). The OBC survey that took place at
Oliktok Point recorded 0.0674 ind/h when airguns were not operating
(Hauser et al., 2008), and the maximum sighting rate during the Simpson
Lagoon OBC seismic survey was 0.030 ind/h (HDR, 2012).
The average seal sighting rate, based on these four surveys, was
0.193 ind/h. The maximum was 0.63 ind/h and the minimum 0.03 ind/h.
Using the proportion of ringed, bearded, and spotted seals as mentioned
above, BP estimated the average and maximum sighting rates (ind/h) for
each of the three seal species (Table 6 in the application and Table 7
here).
5. Marine Mammal Density Summary
For the purpose of calculating the potential number of beluga and
bowhead whale exposures to received sound levels of >=160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa, BP used the minimum density from Tables 5 and 6 in this
document as the average density. The reason for this decision is that
the 2012 data only covered block 1 and were considered more
representative. To derive a maximum estimated number of exposures, BP
used the average densities from Tables 5 and 6 in this document. BP
considered this approach reasonable because the 2013 beluga and bowhead
whale sighting data included areas outside the zone of influence of the
proposed project. For example, in 2013, only 3 of the 89 beluga
sightings were seen in block 1. Table 7 in this document summarizes the
densities used in the calculation of potential number of exposures.
[[Page 21376]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15AP14.003
Level A and Level B Harassment Zone Distances
For the proposed 2014 OBS seismic survey, BP used existing sound
source verification (SSV) measurements to establish distances to
received sound pressure levels (SPLs). Airgun arrays consist of a
cluster of independent sources. Because of this, and many other
factors, sounds generated by these arrays therefore do not propagate
evenly in all directions. BP included both broadside and endfire
measurements of the array in calculating distances to the various
received sound levels. Broadside and endfire measurements are not
applicable to mitigation gun measurements.
Five SSV measurements exist of an array consisting of eight airguns
(totaling to 880 in\3\) in the shallow water environment of the
Beaufort Sea. All these measurements were from 2008: One in Foggy
Island Bay and four in Oliktok Point (two source vessels and two water
depths). There is one measurement of a 16 airgun array (640 in\3\),
from the 2012 Simpson Lagoon OBC seismic survey along water depths of
approximately 40-60 ft (outside the barrier islands). Table 7 in BP's
application shows average, maximum, and minimum measured distances to
each of the four received SPL rms levels of the 880 in\3\ array and the
880 and 640 in\3\ arrays combined. BP used the average distance of the
combined 640-880 in\3\ SSV measurements as the mitigation radii (see
Table 8 in BP's application). Although the discharge volumes of the
proposed sub-array (620 in\3\) and combined sub-arrays (1240 in\3\) are
different than the airgun arrays measured before, the acoustic
properties are very similar due to the airgun configuration (number of
guns and sizes). As an example, the rms source level of the eight-gun
880 in\3\ array and the eight-gun 620 in\3\ arrays are very similar
(217 and 218 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms, respectively). Likewise, the rms
source levels of the 16-gun 640 in\3\ and 1240 in\3\ were comparable
(223 and 224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms, respectively). BP therefore considered
the distances derived from the existing airgun arrays as summarized in
Table 7 in BP's application as representative for the proposed 620-1240
in\3\ arrays. NMFS concurs with this approach.
Three shallow water SSV measurements were used to calculate the
average, maximum, and minimum distances for the 40 in\3\ mitigation gun
(see Table 7 in BP's application). Two measurements were from the 2012
Simpson lagoon seismic survey (in water depths of approximately 40-60
ft and 6.5 ft) and one measurement from the 2011 Harrison Bay shallow
hazard survey in 6.5 ft water depth (from a 4 x 10 in\3\ cluster). BP
derived the distances for the 10 in\3\ mitigation gun from four shallow
hazard SSV measurements in the Beaufort Sea: One in 2007, two in 2008,
and one in 2011.
Table 8 in this document presents the radii used to estimate take
(160 dB isopleth) and to implement mitigation measures (180 dB and 190
dB isopleths) from the full airgun array and the 40 in\3\ and 10 in\3\
mitigation guns. However, take is only estimated using the larger
radius of the full airgun array.
Table 8--Distances (in Meters) To Be Used for Estimating Take by Level B
Harassment and for Mitigation Purposes During the Proposed 2014 North
Prudhoe Bay 2014 Seismic Survey
------------------------------------------------------------------------
190 dB 180 dB 160 dB
Airgun discharge volume (in\3\) re 1 re 1 re 1
[mu]Pa [mu]Pa [mu]Pa
------------------------------------------------------------------------
620-1240 in\3\............................... 300 600 5000
40 in\3\..................................... 70 200 2000
10 in\3\..................................... 20 50 600
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numbers of Marine Mammals Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of marine mammals that might be exposed to the
160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) SPL was calculated differently for cetaceans
and pinnipeds, as described in Section 6.3 of BP's application and next
here.
1. Number of Cetaceans Potentially Taken by Harassment
The potential number of bowhead and beluga whales that might be
exposed to the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) sound pressure level was
calculated by multiplying:
The expected bowhead and beluga density as provided in
Tables 5 and 6 in this document (Tables 4 and 5 in BP's application);
the anticipated area around each source vessel that is
ensonified by the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) sound pressure level; and
the estimated number of 24-hr days that the source vessels
are operating.
The area expected to be ensonified by the 620-1,240 in\3\ array was
determined based on the maximum distance to the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) sound pressure level as determined from the maximum 640-880 in\3\
array measurements (Table 7 in BP's application and summarized
[[Page 21377]]
in Table 8 in this document), rounded to 5 km. Based on a radius of 5
km, the 160 dB isopleth used in the exposure calculations was 78.5
km\2\. It is expected that on average, two source vessels will be
operating simultaneously, although one source vessel might sometimes be
engaged in crew change, maintenance, fueling, or other activities that
do not require the operation of airguns. The minimum distance between
the two source vessels will be about 550 ft. Although there will be an
overlap in ensonified area, for the estimated number of exposures, BP
summed the exposed area of each source vessel. Using the maximum
distance and summing the isopleths of both source vessels provides a
likely overestimate of marine mammal exposures.
The estimated number of 24-hr days of airgun operations was
determined by assuming a 25% downtime during the 45-day planned data
acquisition period. Downtime is related to weather, equipment
maintenance, mitigation implementation, and other circumstances. The
total number of full 24-hr days that data acquisition is expected to
occur is approximately 34 days or 816 hours.
Average and maximum estimates of the number of bowhead and beluga
whales potentially exposed to sound pressure levels of 160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (rms) or more are summarized in Table 9 in BP's application.
Species such as gray whale, killer whale, and harbor porpoise are not
expected to be encountered but might be present in very low numbers;
the maximum expected number of exposures for these species provided in
Table 9 of BP's application is based on the likelihood of incidental
occurrences.
The average and maximum number of bowhead whales potentially
exposed to sound levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) or more is
estimated at 8 and 29, respectively. BP requested the maximum number of
expected exposures based on the unexpected large numbers of bowheads
observed in August during the 2013 ASAMM survey. The average and
maximum number of potential beluga exposures to 160 dB is 15 and 36,
respectively. Belugas are known to show aggregate behavior and can
occur in large numbers in nearshore zones, as evidenced by the sighting
at Endicott in August 2013. Therefore, for the unlikely event that a
group of belugas appears within the 160 dB isopleth during the proposed
seismic survey, BP added a number of 75 to the requested authorization.
Chance encounters with small numbers of other whale species are
possible.
These estimated exposures do not take into account the proposed
mitigation measures, such as PSOs watching for animals, shutdowns or
power downs of the airguns when marine mammals are seen within defined
ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
2. Number of Pinnipeds Potentially Taken by Harassment
The estimated number of seals that might be exposed to pulsed
sounds of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) was calculated by multiplying:
The expected species specific sighting rate as provided in
Table 7 in this document (also in Table 6 in BP's application); and
the total number of hours that each source vessel will be
operating during the data acquisition period.
The estimated number of hours that each source vessel will operate
its airguns was determined by assuming a 25% downtime during a 45-day
survey period, which is a total of 816 hours (34 days of 24 hour
operations). It is expected that on average, two source vessels will be
operating simultaneously. As a comparison, during a similar survey in
Simpson Lagoon, three source vessels were operating their airguns for a
total of approximately 710 hrs to cover an area of 110 mi\2\. The 816
hours of airgun operations for the North Prudhoe survey seems therefore
a reasonable estimate. The resulting average and maximum number of
ringed, bearded, and spotted seal exposures based on 816 hours of
airgun operations are summarized in Table 9 of BP's application. BP
assumed that all seal sightings would occur within the 160 dB isopleth.
These estimated exposures do not take into account the proposed
mitigation measures, such as PSOs watching for animals, shutdowns or
power downs of the airguns when marine mammals are seen within defined
ranges, and ramp-up of airguns.
Estimated Take by Harassment Summary
Table 9 here outlines the density estimates used to estimate Level
B takes, the proposed Level B harassment take levels, the abundance of
each species in the Beaufort Sea, the percentage of each species or
stock estimated to be taken, and current population trends. As
explained earlier in this document, NMFS used the maximum density
estimates or sighting rates and proposes to authorize the maximum
estimates of exposures. Additionally, as explained earlier, density
estimates are not available for species that are uncommon in the
proposed seismic survey area.
Table 9--Density Estimates or Species Sighting Rates, Proposed Level B Harassment Take Levels, Species or Stock Abundance, Percentage of Population
Proposed To Be Taken, and Species Trend Status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density
Species (/ Sighting rate Proposed level Abundance Percentage of Trend
km\2\) (ind/hr) B take population
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale.............................. 0.0105 .............. 75 39,258 0.19 No reliable information.
Killer whale.............................. NA .............. 3 552 0.54 Stable.
Harbor porpoise........................... NA .............. 3 48,215 0.01 No reliable information.
Bowhead whale............................. 0.0055 .............. 29 16,892 0.17 Increasing.
Gray whale................................ NA .............. 3 19,126 0.02 Increasing.
Bearded seal.............................. .............. 0.107 87 155,000 0.06 No reliable information.
Ringed seal............................... .............. 0.397 324 300,000 0.11 No reliable information.
Spotted seal.............................. .............. 0.126 103 141,479 0.07 No reliable information.
Ribbon seal............................... .............. NA 3 49,000 0.01 No reliable information.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 21378]]
Analysis and Preliminary Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of Level B harassment takes,
alone, is not enough information on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through behavioral harassment,
NMFS must consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration, etc.), the context of any
responses (critical reproductive time or location, migration, etc.), as
well as the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes,
the number of estimated mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status
of the species.
No injuries or mortalities are anticipated to occur as a result of
BP's proposed 3D OBS seismic survey, and none are proposed to be
authorized. Additionally, animals in the area are not expected to incur
hearing impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-auditory physiological
effects. The number of takes that are anticipated and authorized are
expected to be limited to short-term Level B behavioral harassment.
While the airguns will be operated continuously for about 34 days, the
project time frame will occur when cetacean species are typically not
found in the project area or are found only in low numbers. While
pinnipeds are likely to be found in the proposed project area more
frequently, their distribution is dispersed enough that they likely
will not be in the Level B harassment zone continuously. As mentioned
previously in this document, pinnipeds appear to be more tolerant of
anthropogenic sound than mystiectes.
The Alaskan Beaufort Sea is part of the main migration route of the
Western Arctic stock of bowhead whales. However, the seismic survey has
been planned to occur when the majority of the population is found in
the Canadian Beaufort Sea. Active airgun operations will cease by
midnight on August 25 before the main fall migration begins and well
before cow/calf pairs begin migrating through the area. Additionally,
several locations within the Beaufort Sea serve as feeding grounds for
bowhead whales. However, as mentioned earlier in this document, the
primary feeding grounds are not found in Prudhoe Bay. The majority of
bowhead whales feed in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during the fall
migration period, which will occur after the cessation of the airgun
survey.
Belugas that migrate through the U.S. Beaufort Sea typically do so
farther offshore (more than 37 mi [60 km]) and in deeper waters (more
than 656 ft [200 m]) than where the proposed 3D OBS seismic survey
activities would occur. Gray whales are rarely sighted this far east in
the U.S. Beaufort Sea. Additionally, there are no known feeding grounds
for gray whales in the Prudhoe Bay area. The most northern feeding
sites known for this species are located in the Chukchi Sea near Hanna
Shoal and Point Barrow. The other cetacean species for which take is
proposed are uncommon in Prudhoe Bay, and no known feeding or calving
grounds occur in Prudhoe Bay for these species. Based on these factors,
exposures of cetaceans to anthropogenic sounds are not expected to last
for prolonged periods (i.e., several days or weeks) since they are not
known to remain in the area for extended periods of time in July and
August. Also, the shallow water location of the survey makes it
unlikely that cetaceans would remain in the area for prolonged periods.
Based on all of this information, the proposed project is not
anticipated to affect annual rates of recruitment or survival for
cetaceans in the area.
Ringed seals breed and pup in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea; however,
the proposed seismic survey will occur outside of the breeding and
pupping seasons. The Beaufort Sea does not provide suitable habitat for
the other three ice seal species for breeding and pupping. Based on
this information, the proposed project is not anticipated to affect
annual rates of recruitment or survival for pinnipeds in the area.
Of the nine marine mammal species for which take is authorized, one
is listed as endangered under the ESA--the bowhead whale--and two are
listed as threatened--ringed and bearded seals. Schweder et al. (2009)
estimated the yearly growth rate to be 3.2% (95% CI = 0.5-4.8%) between
1984 and 2003 using a sight-resight analysis of aerial photographs.
There are currently no reliable data on trends of the ringed and
bearded seal stocks in Alaska. The ribbon seal is listed as a species
of concern under the ESA. Certain stocks or populations of gray,
killer, and beluga whales and spotted seals are listed as endangered or
are proposed for listing under the ESA; however, none of those stocks
or populations occur in the activity area. There is currently no
established critical habitat in the project area for any of these nine
species.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from BP's proposed 3D OBS seismic survey in Prudhoe Bay,
Beaufort Sea, Alaska, will have a negligible impact on the affected
marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
The requested takes proposed to be authorized represent less than
1% of all populations or stocks (see Table 9 in this document). These
take estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that
could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment if each animal is taken
only once. The numbers of marine mammals taken are small relative to
the affected species or stock sizes. In addition, the mitigation and
monitoring measures (described previously in this document) proposed
for inclusion in the IHA (if issued) are expected to reduce even
further any potential disturbance to marine mammals. NMFS preliminarily
finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to
the populations of the affected species or stocks. Impact on
Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for Subsistence
Uses
Relevant Subsistence Uses
The disturbance and potential displacement of marine mammals by
sounds from the proposed seismic survey are the principal concerns
related to subsistence use of the area. Subsistence remains the basis
for Alaska Native culture and community. Marine mammals are legally
hunted in Alaskan waters by coastal Alaska Natives. In rural Alaska,
subsistence activities are often central to many aspects of human
existence, including patterns of family life, artistic expression, and
community religious and celebratory activities. Additionally, the
animals taken for subsistence provide a significant portion of the food
that will last the community throughout the year. The main species that
are hunted include bowhead and beluga whales, ringed, spotted, and
bearded seals, walruses, and polar bears. (As mentioned previously in
this document, both the walrus and the polar bear are under the USFWS'
jurisdiction.) The importance of each of
[[Page 21379]]
these species varies among the communities and is largely based on
availability.
Residents of the village of Nuiqsut are the primary subsistence
users in the project area. The communities of Barrow and Kaktovik also
harvest resources that pass through the area of interest but do not
hunt in or near the Prudhoe Bay area. Subsistence hunters from all
three communities conduct an annual hunt for autumn-migrating bowhead
whales. Barrow also conducts a bowhead hunt in spring. Residents of all
three communities hunt seals. Other subsistence activities include
fishing, waterfowl and seaduck harvests, and hunting for walrus, beluga
whales, polar bears, caribou, and moose.
Nuiqsut is the community closest to the seismic survey area
(approximately 54 mi [87 km] southwest). Nuiqsut hunters harvest
bowhead whales only during the fall whaling season (Long, 1996). In
recent years, Nuiqsut whalers have typically landed three or four
whales per year. Nuiqsut whalers concentrate their efforts on areas
north and east of Cross Island, generally in water depths greater than
66 ft (20 m; Galginaitis, 2009). Cross Island is the principal base for
Nuiqsut whalers while they are hunting bowheads (Long, 1996). Cross
Island is located approximately 35 mi (56.4 km) east of the seismic
survey area.
Kaktovik whalers search for whales east, north, and occasionally
west of Kaktovik. Kaktovik is located approximately 120 mi (193 km)
east of Prudhoe Bay. The western most reported harvest location was
about 13 mi (21 km) west of Kaktovik, near 70[deg]10' N., 144[deg]11'
W. (Kaleak, 1996). That site is about 112 mi (180 km) east of the
proposed survey area.
Barrow whalers search for whales much farther from the Prudhoe Bay
area--about 155+ mi (250+ km) to the west. Barrow hunters have
expressed concerns about ``downstream'' effects to bowhead whales
during the westward fall migration; however, BP will cease airgun
operations prior to the start of the fall migration.
Beluga whales are not a prevailing subsistence resource in the
communities of Kaktovik and Nuiqsut. Kaktovik hunters may harvest one
beluga whale in conjunction with the bowhead hunt; however, it appears
that most households obtain beluga through exchanges with other
communities. Although Nuiqsut hunters have not hunted belugas for many
years while on Cross Island for the fall hunt, this does not mean that
they may not return to this practice in the future. Data presented by
Braund and Kruse (2009) indicate that only 1% of Barrow's total harvest
between 1962 and 1982 was of beluga whales and that it did not account
for any of the harvested animals between 1987 and 1989.
Ringed seals are available to subsistence users in the Beaufort Sea
year-round, but they are primarily hunted in the winter or spring due
to the rich availability of other mammals in the summer. Bearded seals
are primarily hunted during July in the Beaufort Sea; however, in 2007,
bearded seals were harvested in the months of August and September at
the mouth of the Colville River Delta, which is approximately 50+ mi
(80+ km) from the proposed seismic survey area. However, this sealing
area can reach as far east as Pingok Island, which is approximately 20
mi (32 km) west of the survey area. An annual bearded seal harvest
occurs in the vicinity of Thetis Island (which is a considerable
distance from Prudhoe Bay) in July through August. Approximately 20
bearded seals are harvested annually through this hunt. Spotted seals
are harvested by some of the villages in the summer months. Nuiqsut
hunters typically hunt spotted seals in the nearshore waters off the
Colville River Delta. The majority of the more established seal hunts
that occur in the Beaufort Sea, such as the Colville delta area hunts,
are located a significant distance (in some instances 50 mi [80 km] or
more) from the project area.
Potential Impacts to Subsistence Uses
NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as: ``. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1) That
is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.''
Noise and general activity during BP's proposed 3D OBS seismic
survey have the potential to impact marine mammals hunted by Native
Alaskan. In the case of cetaceans, the most common reaction to
anthropogenic sounds (as noted previously) is avoidance of the
ensonified area. In the case of bowhead whales, this often means that
the animals divert from their normal migratory path by several
kilometers. Helicopter activity also has the potential to disturb
cetaceans and pinnipeds by causing them to vacate the area.
Additionally, general vessel presence in the vicinity of traditional
hunting areas could negatively impact a hunt. Native knowledge
indicates that bowhead whales become increasingly ``skittish'' in the
presence of seismic noise. Whales are more wary around the hunters and
tend to expose a much smaller portion of their back when surfacing
(which makes harvesting more difficult). Additionally, natives report
that bowheads exhibit angry behaviors in the presence of seismic, such
as tail-slapping, which translate to danger for nearby subsistence
harvesters.
Plan of Cooperation or Measures To Minimize Impacts to Subsistence
Hunts
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) require IHA applicants for
activities that take place in Arctic waters to provide a Plan of
Cooperation or information that identifies what measures have been
taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the
availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes. BP has begun
discussions with the Alaska Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC) to develop
a Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA) intended to minimize potential
interference with bowhead subsistence hunting. BP also attended and
participated in meetings with the AEWC on December 13, 2013, and will
attend future meetings to be scheduled in 2014. The CAA, when executed,
will describe measures to minimize any adverse effects on the
availability of bowhead whales for subsistence uses.
The North Slope Borough Department of Wildlife Management (NSB-DWM)
will be consulted, and BP plans to present the project to the NSB
Planning Commission in 2014. BP will hold meetings in the community of
Nuiqsut to present the proposed project, address questions and concerns
from community members, and provide them with contact information of
project management to which they can direct concerns during the survey.
During the NMFS Open-Water Meeting in Anchorage in 2013, BP presented
their proposed projects to various stakeholders that were present
during this meeting.
BP will continue to engage with the affected subsistence
communities regarding its Beaufort Sea activities. As in previous
years, BP will meet formally and/or informally with several stakeholder
entities: the NSB Planning Department, NSB-DWM, NMFS, AEWC, Inupiat
Community of the Arctic Slope, Inupiat History Language and Culture
Center, USFWS, Nanuq and Walrus
[[Page 21380]]
Commissions, and Alaska Department of Fish & Game.
Project information was provided to and input on subsistence
obtained from the AEWC and Nanuq Commission at the following meetings:
AEWC, October 17, 2013; and
Nanuq Commission, October 17, 2013.
Additional meetings with relevant stakeholders will be scheduled
and a record of attendance and topics discussed will be maintained and
submitted to NMFS.
BP proposes to implement several mitigation measures to reduce
impacts on the availability of marine mammals for subsistence hunts in
the Beaufort Sea. Many of these measures were developed from the 2013
CAA and previous NSB Development Permits. In addition to the measures
listed next, BP will cease all airgun operations by midnight on August
25 to allow time for the Beaufort Sea communities to prepare for their
fall bowhead whale hunts prior to the beginning of the fall westward
migration through the Beaufort Sea. Some of the measures mentioned next
have been mentioned previously in this document:
PSOs on board vessels are tasked with looking out for
whales and other marine mammals in the vicinity of the vessel to assist
the vessel captain in avoiding harm to whales and other marine mammals;
Vessels and aircraft will avoid areas where species that
are sensitive to noise or vessel movements are concentrated;
Communications and conflict resolution are detailed in the
CAA. BP will participate in the Communications Center that is operated
annually during the bowhead subsistence hunt;
Communications with the village of Nuiqsut to discuss
community questions or concerns including all subsistence hunting
activities. Pre-project meeting(s) with Nuiqsut representatives will be
held at agreed times with groups in the community of Nuiqsut. If
additional meetings are requested, they will be set up in a similar
manner;
Contact information for BP will be provided to community
members and distributed in a manner agreed at the community meeting;
BP has contracted with a liaison from Nuiqsut who will
help coordinate meetings and serve as an additional contact for local
residents during planning and operations; and
Inupiat Communicators will be employed and work on seismic
source vessels. They will also serve as PSOs.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Preliminary Determination
BP has adopted a spatial and temporal strategy for its Prudhoe Bay
survey that should minimize impacts to subsistence hunters. First, BP's
activities will not commence until after the spring hunts have
occurred. Second, BP will cease all airgun operations by midnight on
August 25 prior to the start of the bowhead whale fall westward
migration and any fall subsistence hunts by Beaufort Sea communities.
Prudhoe Bay is not commonly used for subsistence hunts. Although some
seal hunting co-occurs temporally with BP's proposed seismic survey,
the locations do not overlap. BP's presence will not place physical
barriers between the sealers and the seals. Additionally, BP will work
closely with the closest affected communities and support
Communications Centers and employ local Inupiat Communicators. Based on
the description of the specified activity, the measures described to
minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from BP's proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Within the project area, the bowhead whale is listed as endangered
and the ringed and bearded seals are listed as threatened under the
ESA. NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division has initiated consultation
with staff in NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division under
section 7 of the ESA on the issuance of an IHA to BP under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. Consultation will be
concluded prior to a determination on the issuance of an IHA.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
NMFS is currently conducting an analysis, pursuant to NEPA, to
determine whether this proposed IHA may have a significant effect on
the human environment. This analysis will be completed prior to the
issuance or denial of this proposed IHA.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to BP for conducting a 3D OBS seismic survey in the
Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska, during the 2014 open-
water season, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring,
and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed IHA language
is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued).
1. This IHA is valid from July 1, 2014, through September 30, 2014.
2. This IHA is valid only for activities associated with open-water
OBS seismic surveys and related activities in the Beaufort Sea. The
specific areas where BP's surveys will be conducted are within the
Prudhoe Bay Area, Beaufort Sea, Alaska, as shown in Figures 1 and 2 of
BP's IHA application.
3. Species Authorized and Level of Take
a. The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment
only, is limited to the following species in the waters of the Beaufort
Sea:
i. Odontocetes: 75 beluga whales; 3 killer whales; and 3 harbor
porpoises.
ii. Mysticetes: 29 bowhead whales and 3 gray whales.
iii. Pinnipeds: 324 ringed seals; 87 bearded seals; 103 spotted
seals; and 3 ribbon seals.
iv. If any marine mammal species not listed in conditions 3(a)(i)
through (iii) are encountered during seismic survey operations and are
likely to be exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs) greater than or
equal to 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for impulse sources, then the Holder
of this IHA must shut-down the sound source to avoid take.
b. The taking by injury (Level A harassment) serious injury, or
death of any of the species listed in condition 3(a) or the taking of
any kind of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may
result in the modification, suspension or revocation of this IHA.
4. The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the
following acoustic sources (or sources with comparable frequency and
intensity) and from the following activities:
a. 620 in\3\ airgun arrays;
b. 1,240 in\3\ airgun arrays;
c. 40 in\3\ and/or 10 in\3\ mitigation airguns; and
d. Vessel activities related to the OBS seismic survey.
5. The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under
this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to
the Alaska Regional Administrator or his designee and the Chief of the
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
or her designee.
6. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the
Permits and
[[Page 21381]]
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at least 48 hours
prior to the start of collecting seismic data (unless constrained by
the date of issuance of this IHA in which case notification shall be
made as soon as possible).
7. Mitigation Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is
required to implement the following mitigation requirements when
conducting the specified activities to achieve the least practicable
impact on affected marine mammal species or stocks:
a. General Vessel and Aircraft Mitigation
i. Avoid concentrations or groups of whales by all vessels under
the direction of BP. Operators of support vessels should, at all times,
conduct their activities at the maximum distance possible from such
concentrations of whales.
ii. Transit and node laying vessels shall be operated at speeds
necessary to ensure no physical contact with whales occurs. If any
barge or transit vessel approaches within 1.6 km (1 mi) of observed
whales, except when providing emergency assistance to whalers or in
other emergency situations, the vessel operator will take reasonable
precautions to avoid potential interaction with the whales by taking
one or more of the following actions, as appropriate:
A. Reducing vessel speed to less than 5 knots within 300 yards (900
feet or 274 m) of the whale(s);
B. Steering around the whale(s) if possible;
C. Operating the vessel(s) in such a way as to avoid separating
members of a group of whales from other members of the group;
D. Operating the vessel(s) to avoid causing a whale to make
multiple changes in direction;
E. Checking the waters immediately adjacent to the vessel(s) to
ensure that no whales will be injured when the propellers are engaged;
and
F. Reducing vessel speed to less than 9 knots when weather
conditions reduce visibility.
iii. When weather conditions require, such as when visibility
drops, adjust vessel speed accordingly to avoid the likelihood of
injury to whales.
iv. In the event that any aircraft (such as helicopters) are used
to support the planned survey, the mitigation measures below would
apply:
A. Under no circumstances, other than an emergency, shall aircraft
be operated at an altitude lower than 1,000 feet above sea level when
within 0.3 mile (0.5 km) of groups of whales.
B. Helicopters shall not hover or circle above or within 0.3 mile
(0.5 km) of groups of whales.
C. At all other times, aircraft should attempt not to fly below
1,000 ft except during emergencies and take-offs and landings.
b. Seismic Airgun Mitigation
i. Whenever a marine mammal is detected outside the exclusion zone
radius and based on its position and motion relative to the ship track
is likely to enter the exclusion radius, calculate and implement an
alternative ship speed or track or de-energize the airgun array, as
described in condition 7(b)(iv) below.
ii. Exclusion Zones:
A. Establish and monitor with trained PSOs an exclusion zone for
cetaceans surrounding the airgun array on the source vessel where the
received level would be 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. This radius is
estimated to be 600 m from the seismic source for the 620 in\3\ airgun
arrays, 200 m for a single 40 in\3\ airgun, and 50 m for a single 10
in\3\ airgun.
B. Establish and monitor with trained PSOs an exclusion zone for
pinnipeds surrounding the airgun array on the source vessel where the
received level would be 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms. This radius is
estimated to be 300 m from the seismic source for the 620 in\3\ airgun
arrays, 70 m for the single 40 in\3\ airgun, and 20 m for a single 10
in\3\ airgun.
iii. Ramp-up
A. A ramp-up, following a cold start, can be applied if the
exclusion zone has been free of marine mammals for a consecutive 30-
minute period. The entire exclusion zone must have been visible during
these 30 minutes. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then
ramp-up from a cold start cannot begin.
B. Ramp-up procedures from a cold start shall be delayed if a
marine mammal is sighted within the exclusion zone during the 30-minute
period prior to the ramp up. The delay shall last until the marine
mammal(s) has been observed to leave the exclusion zone or until the
animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15 or 30 minutes. The 15 minutes
applies to pinnipeds, while a 30 minute observation period applies to
cetaceans.
C. A ramp-up, following a shutdown, can be applied if the marine
mammal(s) for which the shutdown occurred has been observed to leave
the exclusion zone or until the animal(s) is not sighted for at least
15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30 minutes (cetaceans).
D. If, for any reason, electrical power to the airgun array has
been discontinued for a period of 10 minutes or more, ramp-up
procedures shall be implemented. Only if the PSO watch has been
suspended, a 30-minute clearance of the exclusion zone is required
prior to commencing ramp-up. Discontinuation of airgun activity for
less than 10 minutes does not require a ramp-up.
E. The seismic operator and PSOs shall maintain records of the
times when ramp-ups start and when the airgun arrays reach full power.
F. The ramp-up will be conducted by doubling the number of
operating airguns at 5-minute intervals, starting with the smallest gun
in the array.
iv. Power-down/Shutdown
A. The airgun array shall be immediately powered down (reduction in
the number of operating airguns such that the radii of exclusion zones
are decreased) whenever a marine mammal is sighted approaching close to
or within the applicable exclusion zone of the full array, but is
outside the applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation airgun.
B. If a marine mammal is already within the exclusion zone when
first detected, the airguns shall be powered down immediately.
C. Following a power-down, ramp-up to the full airgun array shall
not resume until the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone if it is
visually observed to have left the exclusion zone of the full array, or
has not been seen within the zone for 15 minutes (pinnipeds) or 30
minutes (cetaceans).
D. If a marine mammal is sighted within or about to enter the 190
or 180 dB (rms) applicable exclusion zone of the single mitigation
airgun, the airgun array shall be shutdown immediately.
E. Airgun activity after a complete shutdown shall not resume until
the marine mammal has cleared the exclusion zone of the full array. The
animal will be considered to have cleared the exclusion zone as
described above under ramp-up procedures.
v. Poor Visibility Conditions
A. If during foggy conditions, heavy snow or rain, or darkness, the
full 180 dB exclusion zone is not visible, the airguns cannot commence
a ramp-up procedure from a full shut-down.
B. If one or more airguns have been operational before nightfall or
before the onset of poor visibility conditions, they can remain
operational throughout the night or poor visibility conditions. In this
case ramp-up procedures can be initiated, even though the exclusion
zone may not be visible, on the assumption that marine mammals will be
alerted by the sounds from the single airgun and have moved away.
C. The mitigation airgun will be operated at approximately one shot
per
[[Page 21382]]
minute and will not be operated for longer than three hours in duration
during daylight hours and good visibility. In cases when the next
start-up after the turn is expected to be during lowlight or low
visibility, use of the mitigation airgun may be initiated 30 minutes
before darkness or low visibility conditions occur and may be operated
until the start of the next seismic acquisition line. The mitigation
gun must still be operated at approximately one shot per minute.
c. Subsistence Mitigation
i. Airgun operations must cease no later than midnight on August
25, 2014;
ii. BP will participate in the Communications Center that is
operated annually during the bowhead subsistence hunt; and
iii. Inupiat communicators will work on the seismic vessels.
8. Monitoring
a. The holder of this Authorization must designate biologically-
trained, on-site individuals (PSOs) to be onboard the source vessels,
who are approved in advance by NMFS, to conduct the visual monitoring
programs required under this Authorization and to record the effects of
seismic surveys and the resulting sound on marine mammals.
i. PSO teams shall consist of Inupiat observers and experienced
field biologists. An experienced field crew leader will supervise the
PSO team onboard the survey vessel. New observers shall be paired with
experienced observers to avoid situations where lack of experience
impairs the quality of observations.
ii. Crew leaders and most other biologists serving as observers
will be individuals with experience as observers during recent seismic
or shallow hazards monitoring projects in Alaska, the Canadian
Beaufort, or other offshore areas in recent years.
iii. PSOs shall complete a training session on marine mammal
monitoring, to be conducted shortly before the anticipated start of the
2014 open-water season. The training session(s) will be conducted by
qualified marine mammalogists with extensive crew-leader experience
during previous vessel-based monitoring programs. An observers'
handbook, adapted for the specifics of the planned survey program will
be reviewed as part of the training.
iv. If there are Alaska Native PSOs, the PSO training that is
conducted prior to the start of the survey activities shall be
conducted with both Alaska Native PSOs and biologist PSOs being trained
at the same time in the same room. There shall not be separate training
courses for the different PSOs.
v. Crew members should not be used as primary PSOs because they
have other duties and generally do not have the same level of
expertise, experience, or training as PSOs, but they could be stationed
on the fantail of the vessel to observe the near field, especially the
area around the airgun array and implement a power-down or shutdown if
a marine mammal enters the exclusion zone).
vi. If crew members are to be used as PSOs, they shall go through
some basic training consistent with the functions they will be asked to
perform. The best approach would be for crew members and PSOs to go
through the same training together.
vii. PSOs shall be trained using visual aids (e.g., videos,
photos), to help them identify the species that they are likely to
encounter in the conditions under which the animals will likely be
seen.
viii. BP shall train its PSOs to follow a scanning schedule that
consistently distributes scanning effort according to the purpose and
need for observations. For example, the schedule might call for 60% of
scanning effort to be directed toward the near field and 40% at the far
field. All PSOs should follow the same schedule to ensure consistency
in their scanning efforts.
ix. PSOs shall be trained in documenting the behaviors of marine
mammals. PSOs should simply record the primary behavioral state (i.e.,
traveling, socializing, feeding, resting, approaching or moving away
from vessels) and relative location of the observed marine mammals.
b. To the extent possible, PSOs should be on duty for four (4)
consecutive hours or less, although more than one four-hour shift per
day is acceptable; however, an observer shall not be on duty for more
than 12 hours in a 24-hour period.
c. Monitoring is to be conducted by the PSOs onboard the active
seismic vessels to ensure that no marine mammals enter the appropriate
exclusion zone whenever the seismic acoustic sources are on and to
record marine mammal activity as described in condition 8(f). Two PSOs
will be present on each seismic source vessel. At least one PSO shall
monitor for marine mammals at any time during daylight hours.
d. At all times, the crew must be instructed to keep watch for
marine mammals. If any are sighted, the bridge watch-stander must
immediately notify the PSO(s) on-watch. If a marine mammal is within or
closely approaching its designated exclusion zone, the seismic acoustic
sources must be immediately powered down or shutdown (in accordance
with condition 7(b)(iv)).
e. Observations by the PSOs on marine mammal presence and activity
will begin a minimum of 30 minutes prior to the estimated time that the
seismic source is to be turned on and/or ramped-up.
f. All marine mammal observations and any airgun power-down, shut-
down and ramp-up will be recorded in a standardized format. Data will
be entered into a custom database. The accuracy of the data entry will
be verified daily through QA/QC procedures. These procedures will allow
initial summaries of data to be prepared during and shortly after the
field program, and will facilitate transfer of the data to other
programs for further processing and archiving.
g. Monitoring shall consist of recording:
i. The species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if
determinable), the general behavioral activity, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue,
behavioral pace, and apparent reaction of all marine mammals seen near
the seismic vessel and/or its airgun array (e.g., none, avoidance,
approach, paralleling, etc);
ii. The time, location, heading, speed, and activity of the vessel
(shooting or not), along with sea state, visibility, cloud cover and
sun glare at:
A. Any time a marine mammal is sighted (including pinnipeds hauled
out on barrier islands),
B. At the start and end of each watch, and
C. During a watch (whenever there is a change in one or more
variable);
iii. The identification of all vessels that are visible within 5 km
of the seismic vessel whenever a marine mammal is sighted, and the time
observed, bearing, distance, heading, speed and activity of the other
vessel(s);
iv. Any identifiable marine mammal behavioral response (sighting
data should be collected in a manner that will not detract from the
PSO's ability to detect marine mammals);
v. Any adjustments made to operating procedures; and
iv. Visibility during observation periods so that total estimates
of take can be corrected accordingly.
h. BP shall work with its observers to develop a means for
recording data that does not reduce observation time significantly.
i. PSOs shall use the best possible positions for observing (e.g.,
outside and as high on the vessel as possible), taking into account
weather and other working conditions. PSOs shall carefully document
visibility during observation
[[Page 21383]]
periods so that total estimates of take can be corrected accordingly.
j. PSOs shall scan systematically with the unaided eye and reticle
binoculars, and other devices.
k. PSOs shall attempt to maximize the time spent looking at the
water and guarding the exclusion radii. They shall avoid the tendency
to spend too much time evaluating animal behavior or entering data on
forms, both of which detract from their primary purpose of monitoring
the exclusion zone.
l. Night-vision equipment (Generation 3 binocular image
intensifiers, or equivalent units) shall be available for use during
low light hours, and BP shall continue to research methods of detecting
marine mammals during periods of low visibility.
m. PSOs shall understand the importance of classifying marine
mammals as ``unknown'' or ``unidentified'' if they cannot identify the
animals to species with confidence. In those cases, they shall note any
information that might aid in the identification of the marine mammal
sighted. For example, for an unidentified mysticete whale, the
observers should record whether the animal had a dorsal fin.
n. Additional details about unidentified marine mammal sightings,
such as ``blow only'', mysticete with (or without) a dorsal fin, ``seal
splash'', etc., shall be recorded.
o. BP shall conduct a fish and airgun sound monitoring program as
described in the IHA application and further refined in consultation
with an expert panel.
9. Data Analysis and Presentation in Reports:
a. Estimation of potential takes or exposures shall be improved for
times with low visibility (such as during fog or darkness) through
interpolation or possibly using a probability approach. Those data
could be used to interpolate possible takes during periods of
restricted visibility.
b. Water depth should be continuously recorded by the vessel and
for each marine mammal sighting. Water depth should be accounted for in
the analysis of take estimates.
c. BP shall be very clear in their report about what periods are
considered ``non-seismic'' for analyses.
d. BP shall examine data from ASAMM and other such programs to
assess possible impacts from their seismic survey.
e. To better assess impacts to marine mammals, data analysis shall
be separated into periods when a seismic airgun array (or a single
mitigation airgun) is operating and when it is not. Final and
comprehensive reports to NMFS should summarize and plot:
i. Data for periods when a seismic array is active and when it is
not; and
ii. The respective predicted received sound conditions over fairly
large areas (tens of km) around operations.
f. To help evaluate the effectiveness of PSOs and more effectively
estimate take, if appropriate data are available, BP shall perform
analysis of sightability curves (detection functions) for distance-
based analyses.
g. BP should improve take estimates and statistical inference into
effects of the activities by incorporating the following measures:
i. Reported results from all hypothesis tests should include
estimates of the associated statistical power when practicable.
ii. Estimate and report uncertainty in all take estimates.
Uncertainty could be expressed by the presentation of confidence
limits, a minimum-maximum, posterior probability distribution, etc.;
the exact approach would be selected based on the sampling method and
data available.
10. Reporting Requirements
The Holder of this Authorization is required to:
a. A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end
of the proposed seismic survey. The report will summarize all
activities and monitoring results conducted during in-water seismic
surveys. The Technical Report will include the following:
i. Summary of project start and end dates, airgun activity, number
of guns, and the number and circumstances of implementing ramp-up,
power down, shutdown, and other mitigation actions;
ii. Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period,
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals);
iii. Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers,
and fog/glare);
iv. Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender
categories (if determinable), and group sizes;
v. Analyses of the effects of survey operations;
vi. Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without seismic survey activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability), such as:
A. Initial sighting distances versus survey activity state;
B. Closest point of approach versus survey activity state;
C. Observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey activity
state;
D. Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus survey activity
state;
E. Distribution around the source vessels versus survey activity
state; and
F. Estimates of exposures of marine mammals to Level B harassment
thresholds based on presence in the 160 dB harassment zone.
b. The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS.
Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report
prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the
final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has not
provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the
draft report.
c. BP will present the results of the fish and airgun sound study
to NMFS in a detailed report.
11. Notification of Dead or Injured Marine Mammals
a. In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA,
such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury or mortality
(e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), BP would
immediately cease the specified activities and immediately report the
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office
of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding
Coordinators. The report would include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
Species identification or description of the animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with BP to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
[[Page 21384]]
compliance. BP would not be able to resume their activities until
notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
b. In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is
unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), BP
would immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the
NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
Stranding Coordinators. The report would include the same information
identified in the paragraph above. Activities would be able to continue
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work
with BP to determine whether modifications in the activities are
appropriate.
c. In the event that BP discovers an injured or dead marine mammal,
and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated
with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), BP would report the incident to
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the
discovery. BP would provide photographs or video footage (if available)
or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the
Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
12. Activities related to the monitoring described in this IHA do
not require a separate scientific research permit issued under section
104 of the MMPA.
13. BP is required to comply with the Reasonable and Prudent
Measures and Terms and Conditions of the Incidental Take Statement
(ITS) corresponding to NMFS' Biological Opinion.
14. A copy of this IHA and the ITS must be in the possession of all
contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of this IHA.
15. Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any
provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to
civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as
authorized under the MMPA.
16. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or
stocks for subsistence uses.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for BP's proposed 3D OBS
seismic survey in the Prudhoe Bay area of the Beaufort Sea, Alaska,
during the 2014 open-water season. Please include with your comments
any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final
decision on BP's request for an MMPA authorization.
Dated: April 8, 2014.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2014-08352 Filed 4-14-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P